Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Manx Financial Group

Manx Financial Group

mfx · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker mfx
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Manx Financial Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
_________________________________ 

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Welcome to Manx Financial Group PLC
Welcome to Manx Financial Group PLC    
Welcome to Manx Financial Group PLC
Welcome to Manx Financial Group PLC
Integrity through independence and service  

An independent banking group founded in 1935, domiciled in the 
Isle of Man 

Manx Financial Group PLC (“MFG”) is 
an  AIM-listed  company  (LSE:  MFX.L) 
which  has  subsidiaries  engaged  in  a 
suite of financial services based in the 
Isle  of  Man  and 
the  UK.  These 
companies  offer  financial  services  to 
both retail and commercial customers. 
MFG's  strategy  is  to  grow  organically 
and  through  strategic  acquisition  to 
further augment the  range  of services 
it offers.  

Principal wholly owned subsidiaries:  
• Conister Bank Limited 
• Conister Finance & Leasing Ltd 
• Blue Star Business Solutions Limited 
• Edgewater Associates Limited 
• Manx FX Limited 

Conister Bank Limited (the “Bank”) is a 
licensed  independent  bank,  regulated 
by  the  Financial  Services  Authority  in 
the Isle of Man, the Financial Conduct 
Authority  in  the  UK  and  is  a  full 
member  of 
Isle  of  Man’s 
Association of Licensed Banks.  

the 

The  Bank  provides  a  variety  of 
financial  products  and  services, 
including  savings  accounts,  asset 
financing,  personal  loans,  loans  to 
small  and  medium  sized  enterprises, 
block discounting and other specialist 
secured  credit  facilities  to  the  Isle  of 
the  UK  consumer  and 
Man  and 
business sectors. 

Conister  Finance  &  Leasing  Ltd 
(“CFL”)  is a subsidiary of the Bank. It 
is a credit broker providing brokerage 
of  hire  purchase  and  leasing  finance 
facilities in the UK.  

CFL  is  regulated  by  the  Financial 
Services  Authority  in  the  Isle  of  Man 
and the Financial Conduct Authority in 
the UK. 

Blue  Star  Business  Solutions  Limited 
(“BBSL”) is a finance broker providing 
asset finance and commercial loans in 
the  UK  to  an  expanding  customer 
base. 

Edgewater  Associates  Limited  (“EAL”) 
is  the  largest  independent  financial 
adviser in the Isle of Man.  
EAL provides a bespoke and personal 
service to Isle of Man residents and to 
the  Group’s  business  and  personal 
customers  and  advises  on  assets  in 
excess  of  £324  million  (31  December 
2018: £310 million).  
EAL  provides  services  in  the  areas  of 
wealth  management,  mortgages, 
general 
retirement 
planning. 

insurance,  and 

Manx FX Limited provides access to 
competitive  foreign  exchange  and 
international  payment  processing 
facilities. 

 
 
    
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
CONTENTS     

Chairman’s Statement 

Business Model and Strategy 

Risk Management 

Corporate Governance Report 

Directors, Officers and Advisers 

Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee 

Directors’ Remuneration Report 

Directors’ Report 

Annual Financial Statements’ Contents 

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 

Company Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Company Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Company Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

01 

04 

06 

12 

16 

18 

21 

23 

24 

25 

26 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

  
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT    

Dear Shareholderssss    
Dear Shareholder
Dear Shareholder
Dear Shareholder

Introduction
Introduction    
Introduction
Introduction
Normally,  it  would  be  pleasing  to  announce  that  2019 
produced  record  results,  with  pre-tax  profit  increasing  by 
11.5% to £3.0 million (2018: £2.7 million) and profit after tax 
increasing  by  8.4%  to  £2.7  million  (2018:  £2.5  million). 
However, it would be remiss of me, in the publication of these 
encouraging figures, to not comment on the impact, both here 
and  across  the  world,  of  COVID-19.  Government  actions  to 
stop the spread of the virus have, in turn, led to a cessation of 
economic  activity 
in  many  sectors  which,  despite 
unprecedented financial support, will clearly take some time to 
recover  to  their  previous  levels.  As  a  consequence,  I  have 
delayed  the  publication  of  these  accounts  to  enable  me  to 
provide as much clarity as possible on the potential effect of 
COVID-19 to the Group and its subsidiaries.  

As  a  Group,  we  are  as  well  prepared  as  possible  for  the 
financial impact of the virus on our operations and, thankfully 
over the years, we have been cautious in our provisioning and 
understood  the  need  to  maintain  maximum  liquidity.  I  will 
return to this topic later in my report. 

Our 2019 results show operating income increasing by 28.1% 
to £16.9 million (2018: £13.2 million), which includes a 15.2% 
growth in our net interest income to £17.9 million (2018: £15.6 
million)  and  a  further  reduction  of  11.2%  in  commission 
expense  to  £5.4  million  (2018:  £6.1  million).  These  figures 
represent the effect of a record year for gross new business 
origination  of  £153.8  million  (2018:  £102.1  million),  an 
increase of 50.6%. 

Against  this,  our  operating  expenses  ex-provisions  have 
grown  by  24.4%  to  £11.9  million  (2018:  £9.6  million),  the 
majority of which reflects the continuing investment in our UK 
expansion.  In  line  with  our  continuing  policy  of  reviewing 
Conister Bank’s loan book, we have increased provisions by a 
further £1.9 million (2018: £0.9 million). Thus, in balance sheet 
terms,  our  cumulative  provisions  of  £4.8  million  (2018:  £3.4 
million) against the net loan book stand at only 2.7% (2018: 
2.3%)  –  further  confirming  the  strength  of  Conister  Bank’s 
credit  underwriting.  Despite  our  strategic  investment  in  UK 
expansion,  our  operating  cost  (less  provisions)  to  operating 
income ratio has improved to 70.8% (2018: 72.9%). 

Turning  to  our  balance  sheet,  our  loan  book  has  grown  by 
21.0%  to  £179.4  million  (2018:  £148.3  million)  which,  whilst 
not  quite  the  growth  that I  was  anticipating,  is  still a notable 
achievement. I previously mentioned that we have taken steps 
to increase Conister Bank’s liquidity, and our cash and near 
cash  has  increased  by  52.4%  to  £61.4  million  (2018:  £40.3 
million),  taking  advantage  of  lower  interest  rates  and,  as  a 
consequence, our customer deposits have grown by 32.4% to 
£209.9 million (2018: £158.5 million). Our net interest yield on 
deposits  at  10.0%  remains  much  the  same  as  the  previous 
year (2018: 10.5%) despite our gain in liquidity. Thus, our total 

asset base has increased by 28.4% to £252.9 million (2018: 
£196.9 million).  

Shareholder equity has  increased  by  13.2%  to £22.3  million 
(2018: £19.7 million) and basic earnings per share have grown 
to 1.98 pence (2018: 1.88 pence). 

Our key objectives for 2020 
Our key objectives for 2020     
Our key objectives for 2020 
Our key objectives for 2020 
Turning  to  the  current  year,  our  fundamental  focus  is  the 
protection  of  shareholder  value.  Thus,  following  a  recent 
review, our strategic concentration is to: 

  Provide  the  highest  quality  service  throughout  our 
operations  to  all  customers,  ensuring  that  their 
treatment is both fair and appropriate; 

  Adopt a pro-active strategy of managing risk within a 

structured compliant regime; 

 

  Concentrate  on  developing  our  core  business  by 
considered  acquisitions, 
increasing  prudential 
lending  and  augmenting  the  range  of  financial 
services we offer; 
Implement  an  enhanced  and 
infrastructure 
to  better  service 
requirements  of  a  growing  Group  without 
for  a  disproportionate 
requirement 
headcount and other associated operational costs; 
  Focus on improving the return on the liabilities side 
of  our  balance  sheet  by  developing  the  newly 
introduced  Treasury  management 
function  and 
structure; and 

IT 
scalable 
the  operational 
the 
in 

increase 

  Manage  our  balance  sheet  to  exceed,  as  far  as 
possible,  the  regulatory  requirements  for  capital 
adequacy.    

Risk and Governance    
Risk and Governance
Risk and Governance
Risk and Governance
Immediately following this Statement, I detail our approach to 
risk and governance, including an assessment of the business 
models  and  strategies  of  our  operating  subsidiaries.  In 
particular,  I  set  out  our  perceived  risks  and  how  these  are 
managed, together with a review of our regulatory compliance 
and  also  how  we  meet  the  requirements  of  the  QCA  Code 
which  we  adopted  last  year.  Rather  than  reiterate  these 
methodologies  at  this  point,  I  would  ask  that  you  take  the 
opportunity  to  review  these  topics  in  conjunction  with  my 
report. 

Operating subsidiaries     
Operating subsidiaries 
Operating subsidiaries 
Operating subsidiaries 

Conister Bank Limited (the “Bank”)
Conister Bank Limited (the “Bank”)    
Conister Bank Limited (the “Bank”)
Conister Bank Limited (the “Bank”)
For some time, we have believed our VAT recovery rate was 
neither  fair  nor  reasonable.  I  am  pleased  to  report  that  the 
decision  by  the  European  Union  in  favour  of  Volkswagen 
Financial  Services  (UK)  Limited  versus  the  UK’s  HMRC  will 
allow  progress  to  be  made  in  recovering  our  outstanding 
debtor:  this  figure  now  stands  at  £0.91  million  (2018:  £1.05 
million). I would expect good progress to be made this year to 
conclude this matter. 

Our strategy to increase lending in our two geographical areas 
has continued to prove successful. Advances during the year 
Page | 1  

 
 
 
    
 
    
STRATEGIC REPORT 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT    

more than doubled the level achieved just two years ago, with 
lending  £51.7  million  ahead  of  last  year  at  £153.8  million 
(2018: £102.1 million). Of particular note were our Isle of Man 
advances, which grew by 15.8% to £31.6 million (2018: £27.3 
million) and our new Newbury office which advanced £117.4 
million  (2018:  £72.7  million).  The  Group’s  recently  acquired 
broker Bluestar Solutions Limited, having integrated well into 
the  Bank’s  operating  structure,  generated  advances  £2.7 
million ahead of last year at £4.8 million (2018: £2.1 million). 
This growth has not been at the cost of asset quality with the 
performing  loan  book  being  a  commendable  97.4%  (2018: 
97.8%).  Our  net  loan  book grew  by  20.8%  to  £179.4  million 
(2018: £148.3 million). This led to interest income increasing 
by £3.2 million to £22.4 million (2018: £19.2 million). 

Our Isle of Man deposit base remains very loyal and during the 
year  we  achieved  record  monthly  retention  rates  which  is  a 
tribute  to  our  customers,  our  people  and  our  new  systems. 
With  deposits  increasing  by  £51.4  million  to  £209.9  million 
(2018: £158.5 million) we continue to have ample deposits to 
fund our growth ambitions. Although in the short term this has 
negatively impacted our Loan to Deposit ratio, normally a key 
efficiency  measure,  85.6%  (2018:  93.9%).  This  prudent 
growth  in  deposits  increased  our  interest  expense  by  £0.8 
million to £4.8 million (2018: £4.0 million). 

I have discussed over the last few years the need to reduce 
our  dependence  on  overly  expensive  introducers  and  I  am 
pleased  to  report  continued  progress  on  this  matter  despite 
the  50.6%  increase  in  advances.  During  the  period  our 
commissions paid reduced by 7.1% to £5.7 million (2018: £6.1 
million).  

As a result of the above our net trading income increased by 
31.1%, £2.8 million, to £11.9 million (2018: £9.1 million) which 
led operating income also increasing by 30.7%, £2.9 million, 
to £12.4 million (2018: £9.5 million). 

Overheads  increased  by  £1.0  million  to  £7.2  million  (2018: 
£6.2 million) reflecting the first full year of our Newbury office 
and the continued bolstering of our control functions. With our 
loan  book  increasing,  provisioning  increased  in  the  year  by 
£1.0 million to £1.9 million (2018: £0.9 million). Depreciation 
increased  by  £0.3  million  (2018:  £0.0  million)  driven  by 
accounting  for  leases  in  relation  to  a  structured  product 
counterparty. Other costs netted to zero year on year. Thus, in 
total  the  cost  base  increased  by  £2.5  million  to  £9.8  million 
(2018: £7.3 million). 

For the year, profit before taxation increased by 18.0%, £0.4 
million, to £2.6 million (2018: £2.2 million). 

Total  assets,  driven  by  treasury  and  net  loan  book  growth, 
increased  by  28.7%,  £55.0  million,  to  £245.7  million  (2018: 
£190.7 million). During the year we continued to improve the 
capitalisation  of  the  Bank  by  increasing  the  called-up  share 
capital  by  a  further  £1.7  million  to  £10.8  million  (2018:  £9.1 

million). Shareholder funds increased by 18.1%, £3.8 million, 
to £25.0 million (2018: £21.2 million).   

Edgewater Associates Limited (“EAL”)
Edgewater Associates Limited (“EAL”)    
Edgewater Associates Limited (“EAL”)
Edgewater Associates Limited (“EAL”)
Our  independent  financial  advisory  business  remains  the 
largest on the Isle of Man and had a satisfactory year despite 
strategic  headwinds 
legislative  and  VAT 
from  both  a 
perspective. Both of these issues were dealt with in the year 
and the business is now positioned for further growth knowing 
its  competitors  have  still  to  navigate  these  matters.  Such 
uncertainties  will  create  opportunities for  EAL  which  I  would 
expect to be reflected in its performance in the coming year. 

A  key  internal  measure,  which  is  driven  by  customer 
satisfaction, is renewal income as a percentage of operating 
income. This year I am pleased to report it has increased by 
4.0% to 43.6% (2018: 39.6%) as our dedicated staff continued 
to deliver unparalleled service in this sector. Renewal income 
of  £1.1  million  (2018:  £1.0  million)  was  supported  by  an 
improved  performance  by  our  general  insurance  team.  This 
helped to offset a small dip in new business of £0.1 million to 
£1.2 million (2018: £1.3 million) as uncertainties to changes in 
pension  legislation  led  to  a  temporary  halt  in  new  pension 
business.  Operating  income  remained  stable  at  £2.5  million 
(2018:  £2.5  million).  With  costs  decreasing  by  5.8%,  £0.1 
million,  to  £2.1  million  (2018:  £2.2  million)  EAL’s  underlying 
profit  for  the  year  increased  by  26.5%,  £0.1  million,  £0.5 
million (2018: £0.4 million). After a one-off VAT repayment, the 
profit for the year was £0.2 million (2018: £0.2 million).  

Total  assets  decreased  by  1.4%  to  £3.1  million  (2018:  £3.2 
million).  

Manx FX Limited (“MFX”)
Manx FX Limited (“MFX”)    
Manx FX Limited (“MFX”)
Manx FX Limited (“MFX”)
Our fledgling foreign exchange business continues to perform 
well with performance slightly ahead of last year. The business 
is prudently increasing its customer base and considering new 
products and territories to operate within. I still expect volatility 
in the results of MFX until it achieves its aim of broadening its 
client base. 

Income increased by 4.6% to £0.8 million (2018: £0.8 million) 
and  costs  were  in  line  with  last  year.  Profit  for  the  year 
increased by 2.4% to £0.5 million (2018: £0.5 million).  

The  business  has  a  very  liquid  balance  sheet  and  declared 
both an interim dividend, £0.4 million, and a final dividend of 
£0.7 million in the year. 

An update on the provision of a dividend    
An update on the provision of a dividend
An update on the provision of a dividend
An update on the provision of a dividend
In the last Chairman’s Statement, I discussed the need for the 
Group to reward shareholders with a dividend. Unfortunately, 
the  advent  of  COVID-19  has  meant  that  our  regulators  are 
keen to ensure that we preserve as much of our capital within 
the  Group  and  the  Bank  as  possible.  As  a  result,  we  are 
working on a scheme whereby shareholders will be eligible for 
a script-based payment, with the intention of rewarding long-

Page | 2  

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT    

term holders. I expect to announce the details of this scheme 
later this year.  

businesses  facing  financial  challenges.  These  loans  are  at 
advantageous terms and are 80% Government backed. 

Post Period Events    
Post Period Events
Post Period Events
Post Period Events

Beer Swaps Limited (“BSL”)     
Beer Swaps Limited (“BSL”) 
Beer Swaps Limited (“BSL”) 
Beer Swaps Limited (“BSL”) 
The  agreement  entered  into  with  BSL  in  2018  included  an 
option  to  acquire  the  remaining  shares  by  April  2021.  The 
Bank acquired further shares in BSL to increase its ordinary 
shareholding to 75% for a cash consideration of approximately 
£0.5  million.  In  addition,  the  Bank  simplified  the  capital 
structure  of  BSL  by  repaying  all  director  loans,  being  £0.1 
million, and all issued preference shares, being £0.2 million. 
For the year ended 31 March 2019, BSL reported turnover of 
£0.4  million  and  a  profit  before  tax  of  £0.1  million  with  net 
assets  of  £0.2  million.  I  am  pleased  to  note  that  this  is  yet 
another successful purchase and integration which bodes well 
for our future acquisition strategy. 

April 2020 EGM 
April 2020 EGM     
April 2020 EGM 
April 2020 EGM 
At  the  Group’s  EGM  on  9  April  2020,  two  resolutions  were 
considered by shareholders: firstly, to allow the buyback and 
cancellation  of  16,966,158  ordinary  shares  in  return  for 
entering into a £1.6 million loan; and then to consider a request 
to  waive  Rule  9  of  the  Takeover  Code.  Both  of  these 
resolutions  were  passed  with  significant  majorities.  As  a 
result,  the  Group  has  been  able  to  eliminate  the  selling 
overhang of the shareholdings associated with Southern Rock 
which had been depressing the Group’s share price since the 
announcement  of  an  intention  of  sale  made  in  November 
2018. The share cancellation has had a positive effect on the 
calculation of net asset value per share which is to the benefit 
of all shareholders. 

Board Changes
Board Changes    
Board Changes
Board Changes
Following the EGM, John Banks stepped down from the Board 
and  I  would  like  to  take this opportunity to  thank  him  for  his 
invaluable contribution in the time that he was with us and wish 
him  well  for  the  future.  In  May  2020,  we  welcomed  John 
Spellman who has joined the boards of both the Group and the 
Bank. John’s commercial experience will be invaluable as we 
continue to grow the businesses, both in the Isle of Man and 
UK. 

Outlook
Outlook    
Outlook
Outlook
The Group’s response to COVID-19 was carefully considered 
and  professionally  executed  with  the  wellbeing  of  our  staff, 
their families, and our customers being our principal concern. 
We  deployed  our  working  from  home  strategy  which  has 
allowed the business to continue to function seamlessly for all 
of our customers for the last ten weeks. As I write, the Isle of 
Man  has  had  no  further  cases  for  thirty  seven  consecutive 
days with life returning to much as normal, but with our borders 
shut.  The  Bank,  in  conjunction  with  the  Island’s  principal 
clearing banks, has worked very successfully with the Isle of 
Man  Treasury  in  the  provision  of  disruption  loans  to  those 

Unfortunately, the situation in the UK, whilst clearly improving, 
is still somewhat concerning. Conister Finance & Leasing, a 
subsidiary of the Bank, is working with its clients to obtain the 
relevant UK Government’s business support packages. 

Trading for the initial three months of the year was strong in all 
areas,  but  as  the  year  progressed,  a  number  of  our  loan 
customers have found difficulty in meeting their initial terms. 
As  a  result,  we  are  now  in  continual  dialogue  with  these 
customers  to  help  them  through  any  unforeseen  economic 
shock. However, the Bank’s response has not been confined 
to  forbearance  and  renegotiation,  but  has  extended  to 
respecting  the  commitments  made  to  our  customers  and 
remaining open for new business. Whilst we have continued 
with our conservative approach to provisioning, I am pleased 
to note that recently our clients’ circumstances appear to be 
improving, especially in the Isle of Man where new business 
acquisition continues apace. 

Almost  all  commentators  predict  a  forthcoming  recession  in 
the  UK,  with  the  impact  of  COVID-19  together  with  Brexit 
making  any  realistic  assessment  almost  impossible.  Our 
current view is that it will take some time before the economy 
becomes stable and, as a result, we anticipate that it will be 
well into the first half of 2021 before confidence returns.  

in  our 

income 

The earlier slowdown in new advances will, in turn, lead to a 
reduction 
interest.  The  acceptance  of 
forbearance requests will also impact the income statement. 
As a result, we anticipate that our net loan book will reduce. 
Factoring this into our planning, we have built up our liquidity 
to the highest level that we are able, ensuring that we are well 
lending  opportunities. 
placed  to  take  advantage  of  all 
Additionally,  any  reduction  in  our  net  loan  book  will  further 
improve our regulatory capital ratios. 

In  short,  the  financial  impact  of  the  virus  on  the  full  year’s 
figures  is  still  too  uncertain  to  provide  any  reliable guidance 
but our strong cash reserves and diverse income streams will 
prove valuable assets in the forthcoming months.  

I would like to thank my fellow Board members, the Group’s 
executive team and staff for their continued contribution to our 
ongoing business. I would also like to thank our shareholders 
and customers for their continued support. 

Jim Mellon    
Jim Mellon
Jim Mellon
Jim Mellon

Executive Chairman 
26 June 2020

Page | 3  

 
 
 
    
    
STRATEGIC REPORT 

BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGY    

Conister Bank 
imited (the “Bank”)    
Conister Bank LLLLimited (the “Bank”)
imited (the “Bank”)
imited (the “Bank”)
Conister Bank 
Conister Bank 
The  Bank’s  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Bank’s  Board”)  has  set 
strategic  objectives,  aligned  to  its  strategic  plan.  These 
objectives  provide  the  framework  for  setting  risk  appetite 
statements and tolerances for all material risks. The strategic 
objectives set are: 

  Maintain capital adequacy; 
  Deliver stable earnings growth; 
  Secure  stable  and  efficient  access  to  funding  and 

liquidity; and 

  Maintain stakeholder confidence. 

These strategic objectives provide the link between the Bank’s 
strategic planning and its risk management framework, using 
risk appetite statements, measures and tolerances to manage 
risk  on  a  day-to-day  basis  and  are  reviewed  annually  and 
approved by the Bank’s Board. Key in considering the Bank’s 
judgement  of  appetites  is  its  assessment  of  its  regulatory 
environment (both in the Isle of Man (“IOM”) and the United 
Kingdom (“UK”); the IOM deposit market; access to regulatory 
capital;  the  IOM  and  UK  credit  markets;  the  suitability  of  its 
product  range;  concentrations  of  advances  and  historic 
arrears. The aim is to deliver controlled growth, by providing 
adequate returns with strong credit profiles.  

Having  considered  the  above,  drawing  on  both  internal  and 
external  resources,  the  Bank  continues  to  believe  the  credit 
markets it operates within remains conducive to growth with 
liquidity sourced  from  both  its  Balance  Sheet  and  the  IOM’s 
substantial deposit base. This growth will be achieved through 
the  expansion  of  existing  products  organically  and  through 
acquisition.  The Bank continues to explore opportunities with 
both  new  products  and  new  markets.  This  strategy  can  be 
analysed  by  the  two  geographical  areas  the  Bank  operates 
within, namely the IOM and the UK. 

The Bank is proud of its heritage and remains heavily centric 
in  the  IOM  but  recognised  that  as  its  UK  loan  book  grows  it 
would need to create a UK presence to manage and grow this 
aspect of its business.  As such, in 2019, the Bank continued 
its  expansion  of  its  offices  in  Newbury  with  18  full-time 
employees,  representing  nearly  a  quarter  of  the  Bank’s 
workforce.  The office deals with all aspects of the Bank’s UK 
credit  broker  market  and  wholesale  lending  portfolio.  These 
are  two  markets  in  which  the  Bank  wishes  to  increase  its 
presence in the UK. 

Sourcing  reliable  funding  underpins  the  Bank’s  growth 
objectives.  Through  the  Bank’s  Class  1  Isle  of  Man  Deposit 
Taking licence it has access to £35.0 billion of deposits. The 
Bank  currently  restricts  itself  to  the  retail  market,  of  which  it 
has circa 1.0% market share, but the Bank recognises it has 
an  opportunity  to  increase  its  market  share  through  the 
reduction in competition experienced in this market and or by 
increasing  interest  rates.  In  the  last  year,  the  Bank  has 
launched  a  notice  account  offering  and  penetrated  the 
corporate deposit market. As such, the Bank believes that it 
has  sufficient  reliable  alternatives  to  be confident  that  it  can 
raise the necessary deposits when required.  

The  Bank’s  acquisition  strategy  is  to  gain  market  share  in 
markets  it  already  operates  within  or  to  gain  access  to  a 
desirable  market  through  an  existing  reputable,  profitable 
operator.  

Regarding the former, the Bank continues to enjoy a positive 
lending  experience  within  the  UK  credit  broker  market  and 
currently has circa £41.9 million of net loans outstanding.  The 
strategy  for  growth  is  both  organic  (through  improving 
customer service and increasing the number of brokers on its 
roster)  and  acquisitive.    The  Bank  acquired  an  established 
credit broker in the year, Blue Star Business Solutions Limited, 
with the view of expanding its offering to SMEs.  

Edgewater Associates
Limited (“EAL”)    
Edgewater Associates    Limited (“EAL”)
Limited (“EAL”)
Limited (“EAL”)
Edgewater Associates
Edgewater Associates
EAL is the largest Independent Financial Advice (“IFA”) firm in 
the IOM and is regulated by the Isle of Man Financial Services 
Authority. Its strategic objective is to: 

  Grow and service its client base; 
 
Increase assets under advice; and 
  Grow and develop its staff complement. 

EAL is a generalist IFA practice with a diverse mix of clients 
requiring a broad range of products and services covering: 

  First time buyers   ---   mortgages; 
  Newly  qualified  professionals      ---      protection, 

savings, school fees; 

  Established  clients      ---      wealth  management, 

retirement planning; and 

  General  insurance  clients      ---      home,  car,  travel, 

commercial and specialist. 

In  2016  EAL  embarked  on  an  aggressive  and  successful 
acquisition  programme  covering  a  two  year  period;  at  the 
outset it had a client base of approximately 4,600 clients. After 
four  acquisitions  and  an  active  data  cleansing  review,  EAL 
now has an active client base of approximately 11,800, with 
associated assets under advice of £324 million (up from £310 
million in 2018). 

Whilst  EAL  will  continue  to  grow  and  develop  its  standard 
business model, it will always be open to new opportunities. It 
remains  nimble  and  ready  to  move  with  economic  and 
regulatory changes as they arise; its team remains up-to-date 
against  industry standards  and  trends.  It  retains  an  appetite 
for  growth  either  through  additional  acquisition  opportunities 
that may arise, or via organic growth from its existing clients 
it  has  built  strong 
and  business  partners  with  whom 
relationships. 

Diversification  opportunities  are  also  encouraged  and 
pursued,  as  per  its  successful  programme  to  grow  or  build 
Employee  Benefit  Group  Schemes.  This  incorporates  staff 
pensions  (including  pension  freedom),  protection,  private 
medical cover, and death in service. 

To  keep  pace  with  its  development  it  will  continue  to  train 
talented  young  people  to  progress  to  rounded,  professional 
advisers  who  are  able  to  fit  into  succession  planning.  To 
supplement this, it also takes the opportunity to recruit quality 
experienced  advisers  and  para-planners  who  can  further 
enhance its team. 

Manx Manx Manx Manx FX Limited (“MFX”)
FX Limited (“MFX”)    
FX Limited (“MFX”)
FX Limited (“MFX”)
MFX  has  specialist  knowledge  of  currency  operational 
requirements and has carefully selected the best UK partners 

Page | 4  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
STRATEGIC REPORT 

BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGY    

to  provide  foreign  exchange  and  leading  payment  services.  
The strategic objectives of MFX are: 

  To maintain and develop existing client relationships; 
  To  increase  the  number  of  referrals  to  its  foreign 
exchange  business  partners  with  a  view  of  on-
boarding new clients; and 

  To  raise  MFX’s  profile  and  build  a  professional 

reputation on the IOM. 

MFX believes the foreign exchange and international payment 
offering via its UK partners is second to none.  With its upfront 
agreed foreign exchange margins the customer has complete 
pricing  transparency.    Its  business  partners  have  been 
carefully selected  to  ensure  they  are  able  to  obtain the  best 
possible pricing from the market.  

The  international  payments  fees  offer  outstanding  value,  at 
reduced rates compared to local high street banks.   

For the next 12 months, MFX will concentrate its efforts in the 
IOM.  The IOM offers large potential having a diverse range of 
industries.  

A  small  but  dedicated  team  know  and  understand  the 
importance  of  offering  excellent  service  and  has  pride  and 
integrity  when  dealing  with  both  existing  clients  and  new 
prospects.    MFX’s  professional  reputation  is  important  to  its 
business and its colleagues attend local industry events which 
serve two purposes; to enforce and raise the profile of MFX 
and support IOM businesses.  

Maintaining a close working relationship with its UK partners 
is  core  to  its  business  and  customer  success.    Regular 
conference calls and quarterly face-to-face meetings are held 
to  discuss  new  opportunities,  changes  to  product  offering, 
industry updates and, just as importantly, a chance to develop 
the personal working relationship. 

Page | 5  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

RISK MANAGEMENT    

Risk Risk Risk Risk mmmmanagement 
verview    
anagement ooooverview
verview
verview
anagement 
anagement 
Effective risk management is crucial to MFG’s sustainability. 
The  MFG’s  Board  of  Directors  (“Board”) 
is  ultimately 
accountable for the effective governance of risk management. 
The Board maintains its oversight and responsibilities in terms 
of  the  three  lines  of  defence  risk  governance  model  set  out 
below.  

Determining  the  MFG  Group’s  (“Group”)  risk  tolerance  and 
appetite through enterprise risk management is a key element 
of  MFG’s  corporate  governance  framework.  This  framework 
has been enhanced during 2019 and sets out the governance 
principles,  practices  and  guidance  to  facilitate  effective  and 
efficient management of the Group’s business.  It is primarily 
designed  to  assist  the  Group  in  enhancing  its  corporate 
governance  framework  and  intended  to  reinforce  the  key 
elements  of  widely  accepted  and  long-established  Quoted 
Companies Alliance (“QCA”) corporate governance principles.   

its 

through 

(“ICAAP”)) 

A fundamental principle contained in the code, is for effective 
risk  management:  MFG  has  in  place  a  Risk  Management 
Framework  and  a  Capital  Management  Framework 
Internal  Capital  Adequacy 
(undertaken 
Assessment  Process 
the 
implementation  of  some  of  the  principles  of  the  MFG 
Governance  Framework  at  subsidiary 
level.  The  Risk 
Management  Framework  supports  the  Board  and  senior 
management  in  fulfilling  their  respective  duties  in  relation  to 
the  sustainable  operation  of 
risk 
management system is supported by policies, processes and 
activities relating to the taking, management and reporting of 
risk. 

the  business.  The 

support 

to 

Management and accountabili
Management and accountabilitytytyty    
Management and accountabili
Management and accountabili
The  Audit,  Risk  and  Compliance  Committee  (“ARCC”)  is 
operated  at  a  Group  level  and  currently  comprises  of  three 
experienced  Non-executive  Directors  who  are  both  qualified 
accountants.  Only  members  of  the  ARCC  have  the  right  to 
attend ARCC meetings to allow for independence. However, 
other  individuals  representing  Executive  Management,  Risk, 
Compliance and Internal Audit are invited by the Chairman of 
the  ARCC  to  attend  all  or  part  of  any  meeting  as  and  when 
appropriate. 

The main objectives of the ARCC are to review operations and 
ensure  that  they  are  conducted  to  the  highest  possible 
standards. This is accomplished by providing an independent 
objective assurance function specifically for, but not limited to: 
Internal  Controls  and  Risk  Management  Systems; 
Whistleblowing  and  Fraud;  Risk  and  Compliance;  Internal 
Audit and External Audit. 

It  provides  oversight  of  compliance  with  all  legislation, 
regulation and applicable codes of practice in the jurisdictions 
reviews  policies, 
that  MFG  conducts  business;  and 
procedures and processes to effectively identify, quantify and 
manage all material risks and to advise on best practice. 

Governance framework
Governance framework    
Governance framework
Governance framework
The  following  overview  of  the  key  governance  components 
that  make  up  the  MFG  system  of  governance  illustrates  the 
crucial role of risk management: 

Page | 6  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

RISK MANAGEMENT    

Culture
Culture    
Culture
Culture
The  risk  culture,  which  forms  part  of  MFG’s  overall  culture, 
encompasses the tone at the top of the organisation and a set 
of  shared  attitudes,  values,  behaviours  and  practices  that 
characterise how individuals at MFG consider risk in their day-
to-day business activities. Learnings are taken from previous 
incidents  and  ongoing  assessment  to  ensure  continuous 
improvement in the management of risk.  

All  individuals  are  trained  to  understand  the  importance  of 
effective  risk  management  and  ensure  that  risks  associated 
with  their  role  are  appropriately  understood,  managed  and 
reported.  Individuals  at  all  levels  communicate  risk  related 
insights in a timely, transparent and honest manner. 

This culture is driven from the top by the Board and Executive 
Management through how they communicate, make decisions 
and motivate the business. Managers and leaders ensure that 
in  all  their  actions  and  behaviours  they  continually  reinforce 
the culture that the effective management of risk is critical to 
MFG’s  success  and  that  every  individual  plays  a  role  in  the 
management of risk. 

Appetite
Appetite    
Appetite
Appetite
Risk appetites are currently only set at subsidiary level and set 
out the maximum amount of risk that it is prepared to accept 
in  the  pursuit  of  delivering  on  business  objectives.  The  risk 
appetite considers all the risks detailed under “Principal risks”  
on  page  8  and  is  reviewed  annually,  and  as  the  operating 
environment changes, it is constantly measured against stated 
appetite to take appropriate action.   

Risk identification, measurement 
control    
Risk identification, measurement andandandand    control
control
control
Risk identification, measurement 
Risk identification, measurement 
Improving  a  robust  understanding  of  the  risks  to  which  the 
business is exposed is crucial to ensure that all material risks 
are appropriately monitored, managed and reported on. Each 
individual within the Group in conjunction with their manager 
is responsible for understanding the risks associated with their 
role.  An  understanding  of  risk  is  developed  through  the 
identification, 
appropriate, 
measurement of risks to which the business is exposed.  

and,  where 

assessment 

These  processes  are  performed  as  part  of  strategy  setting, 
strategy execution and day-to-day operations and are referred 
to as risk and control assessments. The Risk team provides 
tools  to  aid  managers  and  individuals  in  developing  an 
understanding  of  risk  within 
their  respective  business 
responsibilities. 

The  risk  and  control  assessment  process  of  understanding 
risk and reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of related 
controls and risk mitigation approaches is generally performed 
on a regular basis, at least annually, as part of a continuous 
risk management cycle. 

efence and key assurance functions     
ines of ddddefence and key assurance functions 
Three lines of 
Three l
efence and key assurance functions 
efence and key assurance functions 
ines of 
ines of 
Three l
Three l
As part of its overall governance framework, MFG has adopted 
best  practice  monitoring  and  control  mechanisms  by 
implementing  the  three  lines  of  defence  governance  and 
combined assurance model. This means that responsibility for 
the 
governance  and  oversight 
organisation according to the three lines of defence principles.   

is  allocated 

throughout 

The three lines of defence governance model is regarded as 
international  best  practice  for  ensuring  good  governance 

(including  governance  within  risk  and  capital  management) 
across an organisation. The emphasis is placed on ownership, 
responsibility, 
independence,  assurance,  communication, 
oversight and transparency across MFG’s governance.  

The  term  ‘key  assurance  function’  refers  to  a  properly 
authorised  function,  whether  in  the  form of  a  person,  unit  or 
department,  serving  as  a  control  or  ‘checks  and  balances’ 
function from a governance perspective, and which carries out 
such activities.  These functions typically are second and third 
line of defence functions.  

First 
efence     
ine of ddddefence 
First lllline of 
efence 
efence 
ine of 
ine of 
First 
First 
The first line of defence e.g. business management is primarily 
accountable 
risk  origination  and 
management in accordance with risk policy and strategy. This 
implementing 
includes 
responses.    

identifying,  assessing  risks  and 

the  day-to-day 

for 

Second 
efence     
ine of ddddefence 
Second lllline of 
efence 
efence 
ine of 
ine of 
Second 
Second 
The second line of defence is responsible for the development 
and maintenance of the frameworks and policies. The second 
line  provides  oversight  of,  and  challenge  to,  the  first  line  of 
defence and drives the implementation of the frameworks and 
policies. 

Third 
efence     
ine of ddddefence 
Third lllline of 
efence 
efence 
ine of 
ine of 
Third 
Third 
The  third  line  of  defence  is  the  independent  assurance 
function  providing  overall  assurance 
the  Board  on 
governance, risk management, and internal controls. The third 
line of defence comprises of internal audit, external audit and 
other  independent  assurance  providers.    The  third  line  of 
defence is completely independent from the management of 
the day-to-day business activities 

to 

unctions     
ssurance ffffunctions 
MFG MFG MFG MFG aaaassurance 
unctions 
unctions 
ssurance 
ssurance 
MFG has effective systems of risk management and internal 
control.  The  tasks,  processes  and  obligations  of  the  key 
assurance functions are transparent and clearly defined, with 
regular exchange of information between the functions. Each 
of the functions is structured to ensure that the function has 
the necessary authority, independence, resources, expertise 
and  access  to  the  Board  and  all  relevant  employees  and 
information to exercise its authority.  The minimum assurance 
functions within MFG include:  

  Risk management function;   
  Compliance function; and 
 
Internal Audit function.  

The  head  of  each  of  these  key  functions  possesses  the 
necessary skills, experience and knowledge required for the 
specific positions they exercise, and meet all suitability or ‘fit 
and  proper’  requirements.  Written  guidelines  for  these 
functions are in place, and compliance with them is assured 
on a regular basis.   All of the key functions within MFG have 
a direct reporting line to the Board.  

MFG  has  developed  a  combined  assurance  model  to 
effectively  manage  the  organisation’s  significant  risks  and 
material  matters  through  a  combination  of  the  assurance 
service providers and functions described above. 

Page | 7  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
    
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

RISK MANAGEMENT    

Risk st
verview    
rategy andandandand    ooooverview
Risk strategy 
verview
verview
rategy 
rategy 
Risk st
Risk st
Risk Risk Risk Risk pppplanlanlanlan    
Key deliveries of the Risk Management Framework are split 
between  ‘Risk  infrastructure’  and  ‘Risk  management  cycle’. 
The  risk  infrastructure  is  the  establishment  of  a  consistent 
foundation  and  approach  to  enterprise  requirements  and 
supporting  components  in  managing  risks.  The  cycle  of  risk 
management is adaptable and continuously progressing and 
responding to the changing internal and external environment. 

This work has resulted in: 

  Management Committee frameworks, including roles 
and  responsibilities  to  ensure  that  all  material  risks 
are  captured  and  formally  considered  prior  to 
presentation to the ARCC and the Board; 

  Classification  of 

the  policies  within 

the  policy 
framework to ensure that the relevant Management 
Committee  is  accountable  for  the  policies  that 
support their risk, and to reduce the workload for the 
ARCC  and  the  Board,  enabling  them  to  focus  on 
overseeing  and  challenging  the  risk  management 
framework; 

  More  detailed  Board  approved 

risk  appetite 
statements,  and  the  design  of  an  underlying  risk 
appetite  measures  framework,  to  be  owned  and 
monitored by the relevant Management Committee; 
  Risk management framework which looks to adopt a 
common  language  across  the  combined  assurance 
model  (and  all  lines  of  defence),  with  a  supporting 
risk catalogue and classification matrix; and 

  A high level risk assessment to identify the top risks 
enabling work to progress in a risk focused manner 
on completing risk and control assessments, in order 
to build a key controls monitoring programme. 

Principal r
isks    
Principal risks
isksisks
Principal r
Principal r
The Group has exposure to the following key risks: 

  Strategic risk; 
  Credit risk including counterparty credit risk;  
  Operational risk including regulatory risk; 
  Conduct risk; 
  Liquidity risk; 
 
Interest rate risk; 
  Regulatory risk; and 
  Reputation risk. 

The  Group  has  considered  the  above  key  risks  that  it  faces 
and the mitigating controls against those risks: 

Strategic 
Strategic rrrriskiskiskisk    
Strategic 
Strategic 
Strategic risk is the risk to the Group’s revenue as set within 
the  budget  and  the  medium-term  plans  arising  through  sub-
optimal  implementation  of  the  strategic  plan  due  to  either 
internal or external factors faced by its subsidiaries. 

Controls and 
itigation    
Controls and mmmmitigation
itigation
itigation
Controls and 
Controls and 
The  Group  controls  and  mitigates  this  risk  via  a  number  of 
measures: 

  Subsidiaries  generally  commence 

formal 
planning  process  in  September  for  the  forthcoming 
year,  to  inform  the  budget  submitted  to  the  Boards 
throughout  the  Group  for  approval.  In  reality,  the 

their 

planning  process  is  continuous  and  responsive  to 
change in the internal and external environment. 
  Barriers to delivering the strategic plan, and changes 
to  planned  activity  are  captured  in  the  various 
subsidiary  ‘Managing  Director’s  Reports’  which  are 
submitted  to  their  respective  Boards  and  then 
ultimately reported to the Group Board at each Board 
meeting. The reports will take account of input from 
the Group Executive Directors and current financial 
performance  versus  budget  and  seek  to  highlight 
strategic responses for the related subsidiary. 
  Key  strategic  projects  are  managed  under  formal 
project  governance  with  progress  of  key  projects 
tracked, and communicated and discussed at regular 
project meetings. 

  The  impact  of  limited  capital,  liquidity,  operational 
capacity and regulator restriction on the achievement 
of strategy is captured by the planning process, with 
exceptional  items  dealt  with under  the  relevant  risk 
category,  where  the  impact  on  risk  appetite  and 
mitigating actions will be formally recorded.  

Page | 8  

 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

RISK MANAGEMENT    

Credit risk including counterparty credit risk
Credit risk including counterparty credit risk    
Credit risk including counterparty credit risk
Credit risk including counterparty credit risk
Credit risk is defined as the risk that counterparties fail to fulfil 
their  contractual  obligations.  A  material  decline  in  credit 
quality, or the failure of a counterparty could result in higher 
levels  of  arrears  and  ultimately  in  increased  provisions  and 
write-offs, which impacts upon profitability, potentially eroding 
the capital position for the Group’s subsidiaries.  

itigation    
Controls and mmmmitigation
Controls and 
itigation
itigation
Controls and 
Controls and 

individual 

  Delegated  authorities:  The  Group  operates  to  a 
schedule  of  delegated  authorisation  limits  linked  to 
and 
an 
experience.  This  is  bolstered  by  validations  of  all 
significant  credit  exposures  over  set  limits  and 
ongoing  monitoring  of  credit  positions  of  key 
suppliers and intermediary networks. 

underwriter’s 

knowledge 

  Distribution  strategy:  The  Group  actively  monitors 
and controls the credit risk of all business written to 
ensure  that  it  is  treating  customers  fairly  and  as  a 
safeguard  against  the  failure  of  any  business 
relationship.  Mitigation  of  counterparty  credit  risk  is 
the  maintenance,  where 
undertaken 
appropriate, of cash reserves and loss pools to fund 
any  buy-back 
indemnity.  Comprehensive  due 
diligence processes are also undertaken.  

through 

  Monitoring  of  credit  quality  exposure:  The  Group 
monitors  its  credit  risk  exposures  via  an  internal 
credit  risk  grading  methodology  that  assigns  each 
individual  exposure  with  one  of  three  credit  grades 
based upon the probability of default at product and 
distribution  channel  level.  This  allows  for  better 
monitoring  of  credit  quality  and  impairment  of  its 
current book as well as forecast and stress test on a 
more accurate basis.  

  Concentration 
the 
risk:  To  protect  against 
exposures  where 
build-up 
unintentional 
deterioration 
the 
impact 
could  materially 
sustainability  and  profitability,  the  Group  seeks  to 
maintain  a  diverse  portfolio  of  products  across  a 
variety  of  geographical  regions,  customers,  sectors 
and asset classes. This diversity protects the Group 
against any deterioration in a particular geographical 
region, 
the  economic  environment,  commercial 
sector etc.  

  Accounting  standards:  Finally,  the  introduction  of 
IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments, effective from 2018, 
necessitated 
loss 
provisioning  methodology  rather  than  an  incurred 
loss. This provides an additional credit risk buffer.  

to  an  expected 

the  move 

of 

including regulatory risks    
Operational risk including regulatory risks
Operational risk 
including regulatory risks
including regulatory risks
Operational risk 
Operational risk 
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from human error, 
inadequate  or  failed  internal  processes  or  controls,  system 
failure, improper conduct, fraud or external events. 

The  principal  operational  risks  for  the  Group  arise  from  the 
following areas: 

  Resilience of the IT environment: The IT environment 
is  under  constant  review  to  identify  and  implement 
efficiencies  to  enable  increased  customer  service 
through  the  provision  of  additional  services  and 
products  and  to  automate  manual  tasks  wherever 
possible  to  minimise  the  potential  for  human  error. 
The  Group’s  IT  Steering  Committee  reviews  and 
monitors  current  service  standards,  highlight  any 

deficiencies  and  mitigate  accordingly.  There  are  a 
number of exception reports and scheduled tasks on 
a  daily  basis  to  ensure  that  any  controls  within 
systems are being reported on adequately. 

  Third  Party  administration  services:  The  key 
operational controls ensure that partners are fulfilling 
their legal and regulatory obligations in accordance 
with  their  service-level  agreement  with  the  Group.  
The  Group  has  an  outsourcing  policy  to  ensure 
obligations are monitored and met. Internal reviews 
and  audits  are  conducted  on  counterparties  to 
ensure terms agreed are being adhered to.  

itigation    
Controls and mmmmitigation
Controls and 
itigation
itigation
Controls and 
Controls and 

  Adherence to internal limits and approval processes 

through:  

o  Delegated authorities: The Group operates 
to  a  schedule  of  delegated  credit 
authorisation  limits  and  payment  approval 
limits,  linked  to  an  individual’s  knowledge 
and experience.  

o  Segregation of duties: There is appropriate 
segregation  between 
those  authorising 
transactions and those executing them, with 
four  eyes  principals 
in  place  where 
required. 
o  Exception 

reporting 
reporting:  Daily 
ensures  that  any  regulatory  and  internal 
limits  are 
the 
appropriate Management team. 

regularly  by 

reviewed 

o  New Business approval policy: All material 
new  business  is  approved  in  line  with  a 
formally  approved  policy,  with  ultimate 
decision making resting with the applicable 
Executive Committee. 

  Change  control:  The  Group  ensures  that  both, 
changes to existing products and services and new 
products and services, are delivered in a controlled 
manner with the appropriate checks and controls in 
place.   

  Onboarding: A comprehensive on-boarding process 
in place for new outsourced partners in the UK. 
  Due diligence checks: The operational risk from the 
Group’s  third  party  administrators  is  mitigated  by  a 
comprehensive  due  diligence  process  which 
includes a take-on due diligence and a full review of 
the  partner’s  policies,  procedures  and  financial 
stability.  

  Key  Operational  Controls:  Key  controls  are 
monitored  through  a  combination  of  management 
oversight,  Risk  and  Compliance  monitoring  and 
Internal Audit reviews.  

  New  Business  Policy  and  Process:  New  business 
and material business change is outlined in a formal 
policy,  which 
that  a  sequence  of 
assessment  and  approval  is  followed.  This  will 
ensure that all relevant input is included and material 
risks considered.  

requires 

  Exception  reports:  Exception  reporting  allows  the 
Group  to  identify  weaknesses  in  processes  and 
controls  which  in  turn  allows  for  adequate  training 
and the bolstering of systems and processes. 

Page | 9  

 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

RISK MANAGEMENT    

Conduct risk
Conduct risk    
Conduct risk
Conduct risk
The Group is exposed to conduct risk through its operations 
and  interactions  with  consumers,  either  directly  or  through 
third parties (brokers, or counter-parties).   The risk exposure 
is  regulatory  in  nature  for  the  Group’s  UK  based  operations 
and consideration of any local jurisdiction guidance on good 
practice. 

Controls and m
itigation    
Controls and mitigation
itigation
itigation
Controls and m
Controls and m
The Group has an outsourcing policy to ensure that adherence 
to  conduct  and  regulatory  standards  is  contracted,  and 
compliance with standards is appropriately monitored through 
the  collection  and  assessment  of  relevant  data,  partner 
attestation, and onsite audits where appropriate.  

General  conduct  and  particularly  Treating  Customers  Fairly 
(“TCF”) principles are applied across the Group’s activities.  

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk    
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk
Financial institutions are subject to liquidity risk as an inherent 
part of their business. Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group 
may not hold sufficient liquid funds meaning it would be unable 
to meet its contractual liabilities as they fall due.  

theoretically  be  able  to  change  its  lending  rate  to 
match any corresponding change in its cost of funds.  
  The  Group  attempts  to  efficiently  match  its  deposit 

taking to its funding requirements.  

  The maturity profile of the Group’s loan book through 
staged repayments means interest risk is difficult to 
hedge  effectively  so  the  Group  does  not  currently 
hedge against this risk, and is therefore not exposed 
to  any  additional  market  interest  rate  risk  in  this 
respect. 

  Funding  cost:  The  Group  would  be  exposed  to 
potential risk if its cost of funds, which is linked to the 
cost of retail deposits, and ultimately the UK banks’ 
base rate, was to increase and it was unable, due to 
a  competitive  lending  environment,  to  raise  its 
lending rate correspondingly. The Group’s three year 
plan allows for an increase in its cost of funds, but the 
Group  accepts  that  these  assumptions  may  not 
reflect  the  timing  of  any  interest  rate  rise  or  the 
quantum of any increase.  

Regulatory risk    
Regulatory risk
Regulatory risk
Regulatory risk
Regulatory risk is the risk of material breach of regulation.  

Liquidity risk arises where the Group, through its subsidiaries, 
has  contractual  credit  obligations  that  can  be  placed  under 
stress  during 
illiquidity.  The  Group  generally 
accesses wholesale funding markets or builds a core portfolio 
of liquid assets or buffers as additional sources of liquidity that 
can be utilised during such times.  

times  of 

The Group holds a Class 1 (1) Banking Licence in the IOM and 
is  accordingly  regulated  by  the  Financial  Services  Authority 
(“FSA”).  The  Group  also  holds  permissions  with  the  UK’s 
Financial  Conduct  Authority  (“FCA”)  pertaining  to  regulated 
credit  activities,  and  other  specified  regulated  products  and 
services in the UK. 

Controls and 
itigation    
Controls and mmmmitigation
itigation
itigation
Controls and 
Controls and 
Overall, the Group’s liquidity profile is resistant to stress as the 
Group: 

  Has no contractual credit obligation. The Group has 
no  absolute  credit  line  obligations  to  its  customers 
meaning that in times of liquidity stress, it is able to 
reduce its lending appetite accordingly;  

  Has a matched funding profile and does not engage 
in  maturity  transformation  which  means  that  on  a 
cumulative mismatch position the Group is forecast 
to be able to meet all liabilities as they fall due;  

  Maintains an adequate liquidity buffer; and 
  Has no exposure to the interbank lending market.  

The  Group’s  liquidity  position  is  monitored  on  a  daily  basis 
against  internal  and  external  agreed  limits.  The  Group  also 
has a Liquidity Contingency Policy and Liquidity Contingency 
Committee  should  a  liquidity  crisis  or  potential  liquidity 
disruption event occur.  

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk    
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk
The  principal  potential  interest  rate  risk  that  the  Group  is 
exposed  to  is  the  risk  that  the  fixed  interest  rate  and  term 
profile  of  its  deposit  base  differs  materially  from  the  fixed 
interest  rate  and  term  profile of  its  asset  base,  or  basis  and 
term structure risk.  

itigation    
Controls and mitigation
Controls and m
itigation
itigation
Controls and m
Controls and m

  Funding profile: Interest rate risk for the Group is not 
deemed to be material currently due to the Group’s 
matched  funding  profile.  In  a  rising  interest  rate 
environment,  due  to  the  nature  of  the  Group’s 
products  and  its  matched  funded  profile,  it  should 

The  risk  of  regulatory  breach  arises  through  a  failure  to 
identify, assess and apply applicable regulation; or a failure to 
adhere to the applicable regulation as applied. 

Monitoring  and  complying  with  the  requirements  of  existing 
regulation across numerous regulatory bodies, along with the 
rapid pace and volume of regulatory change is a key risk. The 
risk is compounded due to the size of the Group, and the need 
to maintain a manageable cost of compliance. 

Controls and 
itigation    
Controls and mmmmitigation
itigation
itigation
Controls and 
Controls and 
The  Group  remains  well  placed  to  meet  the  regulatory 
challenges  that  bring  change  to  the  macro  environment.  In 
order to strengthen the Risk and Compliance department, the 
ARCC  and  the  Board  increased  the  headcount  in  2019  and 
appointed  an  experienced  Operational  Risk  Manager  and 
Compliance Manager in the UK.  

Regulatory risks continue to be mitigated by themed and ad-
hoc compliance monitoring reviews which are driven using a 
risk-based approach to ensure resource is directed to areas of 
potential  material  risk.  The  monitoring  plan  is  approve 
annually by the ARCC. Monitoring reviews are supplemented 
by ongoing staff training and guidance. 

Wherever  possible,  legislative  and  regulatory  requirements 
are built into relevant administration systems, with appropriate 
monitoring  and  exception  reporting  processes  in  place  to 
monitor compliance. 

The  Group  maintains  a  watching  brief  on  the  regulatory 
environment and, as active members of a number of IOM and 
UK trade bodies, it receives additional regulatory updates and 
guidance  on  proposed  legislative  and  regulatory  issues. 
Page | 10  

 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

RISK MANAGEMENT    

Upstream  regulatory  changes  are  tracked  and  assessed  for 
impact  by  the  Compliance  Department  and  material  items 
reported to the ARCC. 

Reputation risk
Reputation risk    
Reputation risk
Reputation risk
Reputation  risk  is  the  risk of  loss  resulting  from damages to 
the Group’s reputation, in lost revenue or increased costs; or 
destruction of shareholder value. 

Controls and mitigation
Controls and mitigation    
Controls and mitigation
Controls and mitigation
The Group mitigates this risk by ensuring that its key risks are 
identified  and  managed,  with  an  impact  assessment  of  any 
potential  or  actual  issues  considering  the  impact  to  the 
Group’s reputation. The Group actively seeks to minimise the 
occurrence of events or issues which could give rise to loss or 
negative  feedback,  and actively  manages  the  impact should 
issues occur.  

Capital 
stress testing    
Capital stress testing
stress testing
stress testing
Capital 
Capital 
ICAAP””””))))    
Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process ((((““““ICAAP
Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process 
ICAAP
ICAAP
Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process 
Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process 

Overview    
Overview
Overview
Overview
ICAAP  is  a  key  strategic  and  risk  management  tool  for  the 
Bank.  It  is  a  key component of  the  Bank’s  planning  process 
during the short and medium term. The Bank’s lead regulator, 
the  FSA,  requires  the  Bank  to  establish  and  maintain  an 
ongoing  internal  adequacy  assessment  process  which  is 
appropriate to the nature and scale of its business and review 
that process annually and evidence that review. 

Methodology    
Methodology
Methodology
Methodology
The Bank’s ICAAP process is as follows: 

Formulation of the Bank’s strategy and budget 
Formulation of the Bank’s strategy and budget     
Formulation of the Bank’s strategy and budget 
Formulation of the Bank’s strategy and budget 
Strategic  plans  are  prepared  annually  for  the  forthcoming 
year, which will consider the Bank’s risk appetite, key market 
sectors to target, products to leverage/introduce, headcount, 
operational and capital investment required. 

Risk assessment
Risk assessment    
Risk assessment
Risk assessment
The Executive Team will liaise with the Risk and Compliance 
department to determine the material risks in the Bank based 
on  incidents  and  breaches,  Internal  Audit  reports,  Risk  and 
Compliance report findings and issues raised at the Board and 
Committee meetings. 

Stress testing and reverse stress testing
Stress testing and reverse stress testing    
Stress testing and reverse stress testing
Stress testing and reverse stress testing
The  Finance  department  use  Bank  of  England  market 
assumptions  for  stress  testing  and  stress  the  five-year 
forecasts  to  identify  any  capital  deficiencies.  Reverse  stress 
testing  is  also  used based  on  the  assumption  that  the  Bank 
ceases to trade, coupled with a run-off scenario to determine 
the capital distribution.  

Reverse stress testing is used to explore the vulnerabilities of 
the Bank’s strategy and plans to extreme adverse events that 
would  cause  the  business  to  fail  in  order  to  facilitate 
contingency planning. 

Calculation of capital requiremen
t and buffers    
Calculation of capital requirement and buffers
t and buffers
t and buffers
Calculation of capital requiremen
Calculation of capital requiremen
Following the setting of strategy, risk assessment and stress 
tests, the Bank will then calculate its capital requirements by 
considering the following areas: 

  Pillar  I  –  The  calculation  is  based  on  the  minimum 
regulatory requirement under Pillar I of 10.0% of risk 
weighted assets for material risks; 

  Pillar II – Assessment of any additional business risks 
not covered by the minimum Pillar I requirement, plus 
an  assessment  of  Pillar  II  risks  based  upon  the 
current material risk assessment and stress tests, to 
determine whether any additional capital buffers are 
deemed appropriate; 

  Pillar  III  –  Pillar  III  establishes  measures  to  make 
better use of market discipline. Pillar III applies only 
at the top consolidated level of a banking group and 
is therefore generally not considered to be applicable 
to  IOM  incorporated  banks  as  per  FSA  ICAAP 
guidance; and  

  Buffers – The Bank assesses its position to industry 
standard  for  regulatory  buffers  and  calculates  its 
position  based  on  its  overall  exposures  to  different 
jurisdictions. 

Review, challenge and adoption of the ICAAP
Review, challenge and adoption of the ICAAP    
Review, challenge and adoption of the ICAAP
Review, challenge and adoption of the ICAAP
The  ICAAP  is  prepared  by  the  Finance  department  in 
conjunction  with  the  Risk  and  Compliance  department,  and 
reviewed  by  the  Bank’s  Executive  Team,  Risk  Management 
Committee,  ARCC,  Internal  Audit  and  the  External  Auditor 
prior  to  approval  by  the  Board.  It  is  used  to  measure  and 
benchmark  the  Bank’s  risk  appetite  and  to  forecast  capital 
usage under both stressed and normal conditions. The ICAAP 
is challenged at all stages of the review process and presented 
to the Board by the ARCC for approval prior to being submitted 
to  the  FSA.  The  ICAAP  is  regularly  reviewed  and  updated 
throughout the year by management and referred to the ARCC 
and the Board. 

ICAAP Results
ICAAP Results    
ICAAP Results
ICAAP Results
The  Bank  has  completed  its  ICAAP  testing  for  2019  in 
compliance with regulatory requirements. Despite the severity 
of the risk scenarios modelled, the Bank satisfied the capital 
and leverage requirements for the purpose of the stress test.  

Page | 11  

 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
    
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT    

to  comply  with 

Corporate 
eport     
overnance rrrreport 
Corporate ggggovernance 
eport 
eport 
overnance 
overnance 
Corporate 
Corporate 
The Manx Financial Group Board (the “Board”) is committed 
to  best  practice  in  corporate  governance.  Directors  have 
agreed 
the  Quoted 
Companies Alliance (“QCA”) Corporate Governance Code for 
Small and Mid-Size Quoted Companies to the extent which is 
appropriate to its nature and scale of operations. This report 
illustrates  how  Manx  Financial  Group  PLC  (the  “Group”) 
complies with those principles. 

the  provisions  of 

QCA  Principle  1:  Establish  a  strategy  and  business  model 
QCA  Principle  1:  Establish  a  strategy  and  business  model 
QCA  Principle  1:  Establish  a  strategy  and  business  model 
QCA  Principle  1:  Establish  a  strategy  and  business  model 
value for shareholders    
which promote long----termtermtermterm    value for shareholders
which promote long
value for shareholders
value for shareholders
which promote long
which promote long

The immediate strategy and business operations of the Group 
are set out in the Strategic Report. 

The Group’s strategy and business model and amendments 
thereto, are developed by the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) 
and his senior management team, and approved by the Board. 
The  management  team,  led  by  the  CEO,  is  responsible  for 
implementing the strategy and managing the business at an 
operational level.  

The  Group’s  overall strategic objective  is  to capitalise on  its 
unique position as owning the only independent Bank within 
the  British  Crown  Dependencies  by  developing  core 
financial  services  sector,  both 
businesses  within 
organically and by considered acquisitions. 

the 

The  Group  has  a  balanced  portfolio  of  regulated  and 
unregulated operations, all of which are managed on a risk-
based  and  prudential  approach.  The  principal  activities 
include: deposit taking; lending to consumer and commercial 
markets  in  the  IOM  and  the  UK;  the  provision  of  dedicated 
financial  advice,  especially  in  the  areas  of  pensions  and 
foreign  currency  and  payment 
general 
services. 

insurance;  and 

The  Group  has  adopted  a  portfolio  approach  to  its  strategic 
assets  and  is  not  dependent  on  one  particular  platform 
technology. The Directors believe that this approach helps to 
mitigate any concentration risk. 

The Group largely operates in an inherently heavily regulated 
sector and this is reflected in the emphasis on compliance and 
the provision of excellent customer service. 

In  executing  the  Group’s  strategy  and  operational  plans, 
management  will  typically  confront  a  range  of  day-to-day 
challenges  associated  with  risks  and  uncertainties,  and  will 
seek to deploy the identified mitigation steps to manage these 
risks as they manifest themselves.  

QCA  Principl
e  2:  Seek  to  understand  and  meet  shareholder 
QCA  Principle  2:  Seek  to  understand  and  meet  shareholder 
e  2:  Seek  to  understand  and  meet  shareholder 
e  2:  Seek  to  understand  and  meet  shareholder 
QCA  Principl
QCA  Principl
needs and expectations    
needs and expectations
needs and expectations
needs and expectations

The Group, via the CEO, seeks to maintain a regular dialogue 
with both existing and potential new Shareholders in order to 
communicate  the  Group’s  strategy  and  progress  and  to 
understand the needs and expectations of Shareholders. 

Beyond  the  Annual  General  Meeting,  the  CEO  and,  where 
appropriate, other members of the senior management team 
will  meet  with  investors  and  analysts  to  provide  them  with 

updates  on  the  Group’s  business  and  to  obtain  feedback 
regarding the market’s expectations of the Group. 

The Group’s investor relations activities encompass dialogue 
with both institutional and private investors. From time to time, 
the  Company  attends  private  investor  events,  providing  an 
opportunity  for  those  investors  to  meet  with  representatives 
from the Group in a more informal setting. 

QCA  Principal  3:  Take  into  account  wider  stakeholder  and 
QCA  Principal  3:  Take  into  account  wider  stakeholder  and 
QCA  Principal  3:  Take  into  account  wider  stakeholder  and 
QCA  Principal  3:  Take  into  account  wider  stakeholder  and 
social  responsibilities  and  their  implications  for  long
term 
social  responsibilities  and  their  implications  for  long----term 
term 
term 
social  responsibilities  and  their  implications  for  long
social  responsibilities  and  their  implications  for  long
success    
success
success
success

employees, 

The Group is aware of its corporate social responsibilities and 
the need to maintain effective working relationships across a 
range  of  stakeholder  groups.  These  include  not  only  the 
regulatory 
partners, 
Group’s 
authorities, but also customers, be they depositors, borrowers 
or  seeking  financial  advice.  The  Group’s  operations  and 
working  methodologies  take  account of  the  need  to balance 
the needs of all of these stakeholder groups while maintaining 
focus  on  the  Board’s  primary  responsibility  to  promote  the 
success of the Group for the benefit of its members as a whole. 

suppliers, 

  Shareholders – where appropriate shareholder feedback 
is discussed at the Board, with any actions agreed being 
tracked  to  completion  by  the  Company  Secretary. 
Shareholders have an opportunity to raise questions to 
the  Board,  in  person  or  via  a  nominee,  at  the  Annual 
General Meeting. In addition, the Group CEO meets with 
and addresses shareholder concerns where appropriate; 
  Employees – the Group collates employee feedback on 
an  annual  basis,  engages  employees  via  workshops, 
with  all  outputs  analysed  and  visibly  addressed  by  the 
Executives of the operational subsidiaries that form the 
Group;  with  the  aim  being  to  build  an  engaged, 
committed and enthusiastic workforce;  

  Partners and Suppliers – the Executive and Management 
regularly meet with our partners and suppliers to ensure 
the  needs  of  all  parties  are  understood  in  order  to 
achieve continued excellent working relations; 

  Customers  –  are  at  the  heart  of  all  we  do,  the  Group 
operates  with  a  shared  vision  and  set  of  values.  The 
values  instil  a  sense  of  how  all  staff  form  a  part  of  the 
customer journey. Feedback is encouraged at all points 
of  contact,  it  is  proactively  enacted  upon  as  it  aids  the 
identification of process and system enhancements; and 

  Environment  -  the  Group  takes  due  account  of  any 
impact  that  its  activities  may  have  on  the  environment 
and  seeks  to  minimise  this  impact  by  demonstrating 
leadership 
in  corporate  citizenship.  Our  continued 
dedication toward making a positive contribution to our 
communities  and  offering  a  great  place  to  work  is 
demonstrated 
subsidiaries’ 
involvement in community events, charitable fundraising 
and  the  provision  of  ongoing  support.  In  doing  so  the 
Group  ensures  continuous 
the 
management  of  our  environmental  impact,  in  line  with 
the principles and standards set out within the Group’s 
Corporate Social Responsibility Policy. 

the  operational 

improvement 

via 

in 

Page | 12  

 
 
 
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT    

QCA  Principal  4:  Embed  effective 
risk  management, 
risk  management, 
QCA  Principal  4:  Embed  effective 
risk  management, 
QCA  Principal  4:  Embed  effective 
risk  management, 
QCA  Principal  4:  Embed  effective 
considering  both  opportunities  and  threats,  throughout  the 
considering  both  opportunities  and  threats,  throughout  the 
considering  both  opportunities  and  threats,  throughout  the 
considering  both  opportunities  and  threats,  throughout  the 
organisation    
organisation
organisation
organisation

The Board is responsible for the systems of risk management 
and internal control and for reviewing their effectiveness by a 
series of committees, overseen by the ARCC, and reviewed 
by  Internal  Audit.  The  internal  controls  are  designed  to 
manage rather than eliminate risk and provide reasonable but 
not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. 
Through the activities of the ARCC, which meets at least six 
times per year, the effectiveness of these internal controls is 
formally reviewed four times per year. 

A comprehensive budgeting process is completed once a year 
and  is  reviewed  and  approved  by  the  Board.  The  Group’s 
results, compared with the budget, are reported to the Board 
on a monthly basis. 

The Group maintains appropriate insurance cover in respect 
of actions taken against the Directors because of their roles, 
as well as against material loss or claims against the Group. 
The  insured  values  and  type  of  cover  are  comprehensively 
reviewed on at least an annual basis. 

The senior management team (“Executive Committee”) meets 
weekly to consider new risks and opportunities presented to 
the Group, making recommendations to the Board and / or the 
ARCC as appropriate. 

The Directors consider they provide all necessary information 
to  assess  the  Company’s  position,  performance,  business 
model and strategy. 

QCA QCA QCA QCA  Principal  5:  Maintain  the  board  as  a  well
functioning, 
Principal  5:  Maintain  the  board  as  a  well----functioning, 
functioning, 
functioning, 
Principal  5:  Maintain  the  board  as  a  well
Principal  5:  Maintain  the  board  as  a  well
balanced team led by the chair    
balanced team led by the chair
balanced team led by the chair
balanced team led by the chair

Director  who  holds  options  over  the  Group’s  shares.  The 
number and terms are found on page 23. 

The option grant concerned is not deemed to be significant, 
either for the individual Executive Director or in aggregate. The 
current remuneration structure for the Board’s Non-executive 
Directors is deemed to be proportionate. 

QCA Principal 6
Ensure that between them the directors have 
QCA Principal 6::::    Ensure that between them the directors have 
Ensure that between them the directors have 
Ensure that between them the directors have 
QCA Principal 6
QCA Principal 6
date experience, skills and capabilities    
the necessary up----totototo----date experience, skills and capabilities
the necessary up
date experience, skills and capabilities
date experience, skills and capabilities
the necessary up
the necessary up

The  Board  considers  that  all  of  the  Non-executive  Directors 
are of sufficient competence and calibre to add strength and 
objectivity to its activities, and bring considerable experience 
in regulatory, financial and operational development within the 
financial service sector in both the IOM and the UK. 

The Directors’ biographies are set out on pages 16 and 17. 

The Board regularly reviews the composition of the Board to 
ensure that it has the necessary breadth and depth of skills to 
support the ongoing development of the Group. 

The  Chairman,  in  conjunction  with  the  Company  Secretary, 
ensures  that  the  Directors’  knowledge  is  kept  up-to-date  on 
key  issues  and  developments  pertaining  to  the  Group,  its 
operational environment and to the Directors’ responsibilities 
as  members  of  the  Board.  During  the  course  of  the  year, 
Directors  receive  updates  from  the  Company  Secretary  and 
various  external  advisers  on  a  number  of  corporate 
governance matters. 

Directors’  service  contracts  or  appointment  letters  make 
provision for a Director to seek personal advice in furtherance 
of  his  or  her  duties  and  responsibilities,  normally  via  the 
Company Secretary. 

The  Group’s  Board  currently  comprises  four  Non-executive 
Directors and three Executive Directors. 

QCA Principal 7
Evaluate board performance based on clear 
QCA Principal 7::::    Evaluate board performance based on clear 
Evaluate board performance based on clear 
Evaluate board performance based on clear 
QCA Principal 7
QCA Principal 7
objectives, seeking continuous improvement    
and relevant objectives, seeking continuous improvement
and relevant 
objectives, seeking continuous improvement
objectives, seeking continuous improvement
and relevant 
and relevant 

All of the Directors are subject to election by Shareholders at 
the first Annual General Meeting after their appointment to the 
Board and will continue to seek re-election at least once every 
three years. 

Directors’ biographies are set out on pages 16 and 17. 

The Board is responsible to the Shareholders for the proper 
management of the Group and meets at least four times a year 
to set the overall direction and strategy of the Group, to review 
operational  and  financial  performance,  and  to  advise  on 
management  appointments.  All  key  operational  and 
investment decisions are subject to Board approval. 

The Board considers itself to be sufficiently independent. The 
QCA  Code  suggests  that  a  board  should  have  at  least  two 
independent  non-executive  directors.  The  Board  considers 
that 
two  Non-executive  Directors,  namely  Alan  Clarke 
(Chairman of the ARCC) and David Gibson, are regarded as 
independent under the QCA Code’s guidance for determining 
such independence. 

Non-executive  Directors  receive  their  fees  in  the  form  of  a 
basic cash emolument. The Group Finance Director is the only 

The  Board  has  an  internal  process  for  evaluation  of  its  own 
performance, that of its committees and individual Directors, 
including  the  Chairman.  This  process  is  conducted  annually 
and last took place in March 2019, with no substantive issues 
arising.  The  Board  intends  to  utilise  the  services  of  an 
independent  third-party  organisation  to  manage  the  future 
evaluation process, analyse the results and report back to the 
Board  for  subsequent  follow-up.  Evaluation  criteria  include 
Controls  and  Procedures,  Strategic  Aims,  Entrepreneurial 
Leadership and Communications and Relationships. 

The  Board  may  utilise  the  results  of  the  evaluation  process 
when  considering  the  adequacy  of  the  composition  of  the 
Board and for succession planning. 

corporate culture that is based on 
Promote a corporate culture that is based on 
QCA Principal 8::::    Promote a 
QCA Principal 8
corporate culture that is based on 
corporate culture that is based on 
Promote a 
Promote a 
QCA Principal 8
QCA Principal 8
ethical values and behaviours    
ethical values and behaviours
ethical values and behaviours
ethical values and behaviours

The Board seeks to maintain the highest standards of integrity 
and probity  in  the conduct of the  Group’s  operations.  These 
values  are  enshrined  in  the  written  policies  and  working 
practices  adopted  by  all  employees  in  the  Group.  An  open 
culture 
the  Group,  with  regular 
communications to staff regarding progress and staff feedback 
regularly sought. The Executive Committee regularly monitors 
Page | 13  

is  encouraged  within 

 
 
 
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT    

the  Group’s  cultural  environment  and  seeks  to  address  any 
concerns  that  may  arise,  escalating  these  to  Board  level  as 
necessary. 

The Group is committed to providing a safe environment for its 
staff and all other parties for which the Group has a legal or 
moral  responsibility  in  this  area.  This  is  enshrined  in  the 
Group’s health and safety policy. 

QCA  Principal  9
Maintain  governance  structures  and 
QCA  Principal  9::::     Maintain  governance  structures  and 
Maintain  governance  structures  and 
Maintain  governance  structures  and 
QCA  Principal  9
QCA  Principal  9
processes that are fit for purpose and support good decision
processes that are fit for purpose and support good decision----    
processes that are fit for purpose and support good decision
processes that are fit for purpose and support good decision
making by the board    
making by the board
making by the board
making by the board

The The The The rrrrole of the Board 
ole of the Board     
ole of the Board 
ole of the Board 
The Board is collectively responsible for the long-term success 
of  the  organisation.  Its  principal  function  is  to  determine  the 
strategy and policies of the Group within an effective control 
framework which enables risk to be assessed and managed. 
The Governance Framework is reviewed to ensure it remains 
fit  for  purpose  on  an  annual  basis  and  is  approved  by  the 
Board. 

The  Board  ensures  that  the  necessary  financial  and  human 
resources are in place for the Group to meet its objectives and 
that  business  and  management  performances  are  reviewed. 
Furthermore, the Board ensures that the Group operates within 
its  constitution,  relevant  legislation  and  regulation  and  that 
proper accounting records and effective systems of business 
control are established, maintained, documented and audited.  

There are at least four formal Board meetings each year. All 
Board members have the benefit, at the Group’s expense, of 
liability  insurance  in  respect  of  their  responsibilities  as 
Directors  and  have  access  to  independent  legal  or  other 
professional  advice  if  required.  The  Board  has  a  formal 
schedule  of  matters  which  are  reserved  for  its  consideration 
and  it  has  established  three  committees  to  consider  specific 
issues  in  greater  detail,  being  the  ARCC,  the  Remuneration 
Committee  and  the  Nomination  Committee.  The  Terms  of 
Reference for each of these Committees are published on the 
Group’s website www.mfg.im.  

There is a clear separation of the roles of CEO and Executive 
Chairman.  

Chairman     
Chairman 
Chairman 
Chairman 
The Chairman is responsible for leading the Board, ensuring 
its effectiveness in all aspects of its role, promoting a culture of 
openness  of  debate  and  communicating  with  the  Group’s 
members  on  behalf  of  the  Board.  The  Chairman  sets  the 
direction of the Board and promotes a culture of openness and 
debate  by  facilitating  the  effective  contribution  of  Non-
executive  Directors  and  ensuring  constructive  relations 
between  Executive  and  Non-executive  Directors.  The 
Chairman also ensures that Directors receive accurate, timely 
and  clear  information.  In  doing  so,  this  fosters  a  positive 
corporate governance culture throughout the Group.  

Chief Executive Officer 
Chief Executive Officer     
Chief Executive Officer 
Chief Executive Officer 
The  CEO  is  responsible  for  managing  the  Group’s  business 
and operations within the parameters set by the Board.  

NonNonNonNon----executive Directors 
executive Directors     
executive Directors 
executive Directors 
The  Non-executive  Directors  are  responsible  for  bringing 
independent judgement to the discussions held by the Board, 
using  their  breadth  of  experience  and  understanding  of  the 
business.  Their  key  responsibilities  are  to  constructively 
challenge and contribute to strategic proposals, and to monitor 
resources,  and  standards  of  conduct, 
performance, 
compliance and control, whilst providing support to executive 
management in developing the Group. 

The  Board  has  established  an  ARCC,  a  Remuneration 
Committee  and  a  Nomination  Committee  with  formally 
delegated duties and responsibilities.  

integrity  of 

for  reviewing 

AAAAudit, Risk and Compliance Committee (“A
udit, Risk and Compliance Committee (“ARRRRCCCCCCCC”)”)”)”)    
udit, Risk and Compliance Committee (“A
udit, Risk and Compliance Committee (“A
The ARCC meets at least six times each year and comprises 
two  Non-executive  Directors,  currently  Alan  Clarke 
of 
(Chairman)  and  David  Gibson.  Representatives 
from 
Compliance  and  Risk,  the  Internal  and  External  Auditor  and 
executive  management  attend  by  invitation.  Its  role  is  to  be 
responsible 
financial 
the 
statements  and  the  balance  of  information  disclosed  in  the 
accompanying Directors’ Report, to review the effectiveness 
of internal controls and risk management systems, to monitor 
and review the effectiveness of the internal audit function and 
to consider and recommend to the Board (for approval by the 
members) the appointment or re-appointment of the External 
Auditor.  The  ARCC  reviews  and  monitors  the  External 
Auditor’s  objectivity, 
competence,  effectiveness  and 
independence, ensuring that if it or its associates are invited 
to  undertake  non-audit  work  it  will  not  compromise  auditor 
objectivity and independence.  

the 

Remuneration Committee 
“REMCO”)    
Remuneration Committee ((((“REMCO”)
“REMCO”)
“REMCO”)
Remuneration Committee 
Remuneration Committee 
The Remuneration Committee meets at least twice a year and 
comprises of two Non-executive Directors, with the Executive 
Directors,  Head  of  Human  Resources  and  external  advisers 
attending by invitation when appropriate. It is chaired by Alan 
Clarke and is responsible for determining the remuneration of 
the  Executive  Directors,  the  Company  Secretary  and  other 
members  of  the  management.  Committee  members  do  not 
take  part  in  discussions  concerning  their  own  remuneration. 
The Chairman and CEO determine the Non-executive Director 
fees. 

The  Directors  believe  that  the  above  disclosures  constitute 
sufficient disclosure to meet the QCA Code’s requirement for 
a Remuneration Committee Report.  

Nomination Committee 
Nomination Committee     
Nomination Committee 
Nomination Committee 
The Nomination Committee is comprised of the whole Board. 
It is chaired by the Chairman of the Board and is responsible 
for making recommendations to the Board on matters relating 
to the composition of the Board, including Executive and Non-
executive  Director  succession  planning,  the  appointment  of 
new Directors throughout the Group and re-election of existing 
Directors.  

Appointments to the Board 
Appointments to the Board     
Appointments to the Board 
Appointments to the Board 
The  principal  purpose  of  the  Nomination  Committee  is  to 
undertake the assessment of the balance of skills, experience, 
independence  and  knowledge  on  the  Board  and  subsidiary 
boards against the requirements of the business, with a view 
to determining whether any shortages exist. Having completed 
the  assessment,  the  Committee  makes  recommendations  to 
Page | 14  

 
 
 
    
    
    
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT    

the  Board  accordingly.  Appointments  to  the  Board  are  made 
on merit, with due regard to the benefits of diversity. Within this 
context,  the  paramount  objective  is  the  selection  of  the  best 
candidate, irrespective of background, and it is the view of the 
Board that establishing quotas or targets for the diversity of the 
Board is not appropriate.  

Approval 
Approval     
Approval 
Approval 
This report was approved by the Board of Directors on 29 June 
2020 and signed on its behalf by: 

All  Group  Director  appointments  must  be  approved  by  the 
Company’s  Nominated  Adviser,  as  required  under  the  AIM 
Rules, before they are appointed to the Group Board.  

Jim Mellon 
Jim Mellon     
Jim Mellon 
Jim Mellon 
Executive Chairman  
29 June 2020 

Prior to appointment, Non-executive Directors are required to 
demonstrate  that  they  are  able  to  allocate  sufficient  time  to 
undertake their duties.  

ReReReRe----election 
election     
election 
election 
The Group’s Rules require that all Directors are submitted for 
election  at  the  AGM  following  their  first  appointment  to  the 
Board and one third of the Directors are subject to retirement 
by  rotation  on  an  annual  basis  to  refresh  the  Board, 
irrespective of performance. 

The Corporate Governance Manual also contains a schedule 
of matters specifically reserved for Board decision or approval 
and sets out the Company’s share dealing code and its public 
interest disclosure (“whistle-blowing”) policy and procedures. 

Board and committee attendance
Board and committee attendance    
Board and committee attendance
Board and committee attendance
The  number  of  formal  scheduled  Board  and  Committee 
meetings held and attended by Directors during the year was 
as follows:  

Jim Mellon 
Denham Eke 
Douglas Grant 
Alan Clarke 
David Gibson 
John Banks 
Gregory Bailey 

Board 
4/6 
6/6 
6/6 
6/6 
6/6 
4/6 
4/6 

ARCC 
- 
- 
- 
8/8 
8/8 
- 
- 

REMCO 
- 
- 
- 
6/6 
6/6 
- 
- 

QCA  Principal  10:  Communicate  how  the  company  is 
QCA  Principal  10:  Communicate  how  the  company  is 
QCA  Principal  10:  Communicate  how  the  company  is 
QCA  Principal  10:  Communicate  how  the  company  is 
governed  and  is  performing
by  maintaining  a  dialogue  with 
governed  and  is  performing     by  maintaining  a  dialogue  with 
by  maintaining  a  dialogue  with 
by  maintaining  a  dialogue  with 
governed  and  is  performing
governed  and  is  performing
shareholders and other relevant stakeholders    
shareholders and other relevant stakeholders
shareholders and other relevant stakeholders
shareholders and other relevant stakeholders

The Group places a high priority on regular communications 
with its various stakeholder groups and aims to ensure that all 
communications  concerning  the  Group’s  activities  are  clear, 
fair  and  accurate.  The  Group’s  website  is  regularly  updated 
and users can register to be alerted when announcements or 
details  of  presentations  and  events  are  posted  onto  the 
website. 

Notices of General Meetings of the Company can be found on: 

https://www.mfg.im/investor-centre/regulatory-news 

The  results  of  voting  on  all  resolutions  in  future  general 
meetings will be posted to the Group’s website, including any 
actions to be taken as a result of resolutions for which votes 
against  have  been  received  from  at  least  20  per  cent  of 
independent Shareholders. 

Page | 15  

 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND ADVISERS    

Executive Directors 

Denham Eke (68) ‡ 
Chief Executive Officer 
Denham Eke is the Managing Director of Burnbrae 
Group  Limited,  a  private 
international  asset 
management  company.  He  began  his  career  in 
stockbroking  with  Sheppards  &  Chase  before 
moving into corporate planning for Hogg Robinson 
plc, a major multinational insurance broker. He is a 
director of many years standing of both public and 
private  companies 
financial 
involved 
services,  property,  mining,  and  manufacturing 
sectors.  

the 

in 

Appointment
Appointment    
Appointment
Appointment
Appointed to the Board on 2 November 2007 and 
appointed as Chief Executive on 12 February 2009.  

Douglas Grant (55) ‡ 
Group Finance Director 
Douglas  Grant  has  over  30  years’  experience 
working in finance, initially with Scottish Power, 
before  moving  to  the  industrial  sector  to  work 
with  ICI  and  then  Allenwest.  Prior  to  joining 
Manx Financial Group PLC, he was the group 
financial controller and later financial director of 
various  UK  and  Isle  of  Man  private  sector 
companies  and  has  extensive  capital  markets 
experience.  

Appointment
Appointment    
Appointment
Appointment
Appointed to the Board on 14 January 2010.  He 
is Managing Director of Conister Bank Limited. 

Jim Mellon (63)‡ 
Executive Chairman 
Jim  Mellon 
is  a  well-known  and  successful 
entrepreneur,  author  and  economic  commentator, 
starting  his  career  in  fund  management  and  now 
including  biopharma,  property,  mining  and 
information 
technology  amongst  his  many 
investments. He holds directorships in a number of 
companies,  both  quoted  and  unquoted,  including 
the  chairmanship  of  Juvenescence  Limited  and 
being  a  non-executive  director  of  Agronomics 
Limited. He, together with Burnbrae Group Limited, 
of  which  he  is the  beneficial  owner,  holds 16% of 
Manx  Financial  Group  PLC.  He  is  the  founder, 
principal shareholder  and chairman of the  Regent 
Pacific  Group,  quoted  on  the  Hong  Kong  Stock 
Exchange.  He  is  Chairman  of  Juvenescence  Ltd, 
and also a director of Agronomics Limited.  

Appointment
Appointment    
Appointment
Appointment
Appointed to  the Board on  2  November 2007  and 
appointed as Executive Chairman on 12 February 
2009. 

Non-executive Directors 

 Alan Clarke (69)‡†* ≠  
Non-executive Director 

David Gibson (73) ‡†* ≠ 
Non-executive Director 

Gregory Bailey (64) ‡ 
Non-executive Director 

Alan  Clarke  is  a chartered accountant  and former 
senior partner of Ernst & Young during which time 
he worked closely with HSBC offshore operations in 
both  the  Channel  Islands  and  the  Isle  of  Man. 
Currently,  he  specialises  in corporate  finance  and 
strategic    consultancy,  advising  a  variety  of  both 
listed and private companies. He holds several non-
executive  directorships  and  is  a  past  President  of 
ICAEW Manchester. He is also a registered auditor, 
being the senior partner of Downham Mayer Clarke.  

Appointmentntntnt    
Appointme
Appointme
Appointme
Appointed  to  the  Board  on  2  November  2007. 
Chairman  of  the  Audit,  Risk  and  Compliance 
Committee  and  Chairman  of  the  Remuneration 
Committee.  

David  Gibson  qualified  as  a  certified  accountant 
whilst  holding  posts  with  Shell-Mex  and  BP  and 
CIBA-Geigy throughout the UK and abroad, before 
transferring  into  treasury  management  in  senior 
positions  with  Turner  and  Newall  and  Westland 
Helicopters  where  he  qualified  as  a  corporate 
treasurer.  He  joined  the  Trustee  Savings  Bank  of 
the  Channel  Islands  as  finance  director,  prior  to 
becoming general manager finance at TSB Retail 
Bank where he gained his formal qualifications as 
a  banker.  Prior  to  retiring  from  executive  life  for 
family  reasons,  he  was  group  finance  director  of 
Portman  Building  Society  for  9  years.  He  is  also 
deputy  chairman  of 
investment 
companies. 

two  property 

Appointment
Appointment    
Appointment
Appointment
Appointed to the Board on 12 February 2009. He is 
Chairman of Conister Bank Limited. 

Gregory  Bailey,  founded  Palantir  Group  Inc 
which made successful investments in bio-tech 
company  start-ups  and  financings,  and  is 
currently CEO of Juvenescence Ltd, chairman 
of  Portage  Biotech  Inc,  a  CSE-traded  drug 
development  company  and  non-executive 
director 
Biohaven 
Pharmaceuticals Holding Company.  Along with 
comprehensive  experience 
finance  and 
healthcare,  he  has  served  on  many  public 
company  boards  and  brings  to  the  Group  an 
corporate 
extensive 
governance.  

involvement 

traded 

NYSE 

of 

in 

in 

Appointment
Appointment 
Appointment
Appointment
Appointed to the Board on 7 February 2018. 

Page | 16  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND ADVISERS    

Non-executive Directors 

Company Secretary    

*   Member of the Audit, Risk and 

Compliance Committee 

† Member of the Remuneration Committee 
‡ Member of the Nominations Committee 
≠  Independent Non-executive Director 

John Spellman (53) ‡* ≠ 
Non-executive Director 

Lesley Crossley (52) 
Company Secretary 

John Spellman is both a qualified accountant and banker. 
He spent  his early years  in  banking, fund  management 
and accountancy specialising in the various parts of the 
offshore  industry  before  being  appointed  managing 
director of Clerical Medical Offshore.  He transferred to 
the UK as chief operating officer within Clerical Medical 
Financial  Services  before  being  appointed  managing 
director of HBoS Financial Services. He has worked with 
and created a number of successful businesses and has 
wide experience liaising with government regulators.  He 
has  held  approved  status  with  the  FSA  Isle  of  Man  in 
various  roles  and  has  acted  as  strategic  advisor  to  the 
Isle  of  Man  government,  specialising  in  finance  and 
foreign direct investment for over 10 years.  

Appointment
Appointment    
Appointment
Appointment
Appointed to the Board on 4 May 2020. 

Lesley  Crossley  is  a  Fellow  of  The  Chartered 
Institute  of  Secretaries  and  Administrators  and  an 
Associate of the Chartered Insurance Institute.  She 
has over 30 years of wide-ranging experience in the 
financial  services  industry  both  in  the  UK  and  the 
Isle of Man and has held the position of Company 
Secretary  with  a  number  of  Isle  of  Man  and 
international companies. 

Appointment
Appointment    
Appointment
Appointment
Appointed as Company Secretary on 2 September 
2019. 

John Banks (51) resigned from the Board and his role as Non-executive Director and Member of the Nominations 
Committee on 14 April 2020. 

Advisers    
Advisers
Advisers
Advisers

Registered Office
Registered Office    
Registered Office
Registered Office
Clarendon House 
Victoria Street 
Douglas 
Isle of Man IM1 2LN 

Registered Agent    
Registered Agent
Registered Agent
Registered Agent
CW Corporate Services Limited 
Bank Chambers 
15-19 Athol Street  
Douglas 
Isle of Man IM1 1LB 

Legal Advisers
Legal Advisers    
Legal Advisers
Legal Advisers
As to Isle of Man law 
Long & Humphrey 
The Old Courthouse 
Athol Street 
Douglas 
Isle of Man IM1 1LD 

As to English law 
Hill Dickinson LLP 
The Broadgate Tower 
20 Primrose Street 
London EC21 2EW 

Independent Auditor
Independent Auditor    
Independent Auditor
Independent Auditor
KPMG Audit LLC 
Heritage Court 
41 Athol Street 
Douglas 
Isle of Man IM99 1HN 

Principal Bank
Principal Bankersersersers    
Principal Bank
Principal Bank
Royal Bank of Scotland 
135 Bishopsgate 
London EC2M 3UR 

Consulting Actuaries    
Consulting Actuaries
Consulting Actuaries
Consulting Actuaries
Boal & Co Ltd 
Marquis House 
Isle of Man Business Park 
Douglas 
Isle of Man IM2 2QZ 

Pension Fund 
Pension Fund     
Pension Fund 
Pension Fund 
Investment Manager
Investment Manager    
Investment Manager
Investment Manager
Canaccord Genuity Wealth 
Management  
Anglo International House 
Bank Hill 
Douglas 
Isle of Man IM1 4LN 

Nominated Advisor 
Nominated Advisor     
Nominated Advisor 
Nominated Advisor 
and Broker
and Broker    
and Broker
and Broker
Beaumont Cornish 
Limited 
10th Floor 
30 Crown Place 
London EC2A 4EB 

Registrar
Registrar    
Registrar
Registrar
Computershare Investor  
Services (Jersey) Limited 
Queensway House 
Hilgrove Street 
St Helier 
Jersey JE1 1ES 

Presentation of Annual 
Presentation of Annual 
Presentation of Annual 
Presentation of Annual 
Report and Accounts
Report and Accounts    
Report and Accounts
Report and Accounts
Presented  here  are  the 
Annual 
and 
Accounts 
Manx 
Financial Group PLC. 

Report 
of 

Company Information
Company Information    
Company Information
Company Information
The  Annual  and  Interim 
Reports,  along  with  other 
supplementary 
information  of  interest  to 
are 
Shareholders, 
included  on  its  website. 
The  address  of 
the 
is  www.mfg.im
website 
which 
investor 
includes 
relations  information  and 
contact details. 

Page | 17  

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

AUDIT, RISK AND COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE     

Dear Shareholder
Dear Shareholderssss    
Dear Shareholder
Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to set out below an account of the ARCC’s role 
and activities during 2019 and up to the date of publication of 
this Annual Report.  

the  Nomination  Committee, 

Membership
Membership    
Membership
Membership
Members  of  the  ARCC  are  appointed  by  the  Board,  on  the 
recommendation  of 
in 
consultation  with  the  Chairman  of  the  Committee.  The 
Committee is made up of at least 2 members. All members of 
the Committee shall be Non-executive Directors and at least 
one  of  whom  shall  have  recent  and  relevant  financial 
experience  with  a  professional  qualification  from  one  of  the 
professional accountancy bodies. The Chairman of the Board 
shall not be a member of the Committee.  

Appointments to the Committee shall be for a period of up to 
3 years, which may be extended by the Board for a further 3-
year  period  (or,  in  exceptional  circumstances,  two  further  3 
year  periods),  provided  the  Director  remains  independent.  
The  Board  may  approve  annual  extensions  to  any  Director 
who has served 3 consecutive terms. 

The Board shall appoint the Chairman of the Committee who 
shall  be  a  Non-executive  Director.    In  the  absence  of  the 
Chairman of the Committee and / or an appointed deputy, the 
remaining members present shall elect one of themselves to 
chair the meeting. 

The Committee shall meet at least six times a year.  Of these, 
two  will  be  held  to  review  the  annual  and  interim  financial 
statements.  Outside  of  the  formal  meeting  programme,  the 
Chairman of the Committee will maintain a dialogue with key 
individuals involved in the Company’s governance. 

Members    
Members
Members
Members

Appointed     
Appointed 
Appointed 
Appointed 

Alan Clarke (Chairman) 
David Gibson 

2 February 2007 
13 February 2009 

Number of 
Number of 
Number of 
Number of 
meetings 
meetings 
meetings 
meetings 
attended
attended    
attended
attended
8/8 
8/8 

Only  members  of  the  Committee  have  the  right  to  attend 
Committee  meetings.    However  other  individuals  may  be 
invited by the Chairman of the Committee to attend all or part 
of any meeting as and when appropriate.  

The ARCC holds separate meetings with the Head of Internal 
Audit, Head of Risk and Compliance and our External Auditor, 
KPMG Audit LLC. 

The  Chairman  of  the  Board,  the  Executive  Directors  and 
executive management are invitees to meetings of ARCC but 
are  excluded  from  the  separate  meetings  held  between  the 
ARCC and the External Auditor. 

Execution of functions    
Execution of functions
Execution of functions
Execution of functions
The ARCC has executed its duties and responsibilities during 
the year in accordance with its terms of reference as it relates 
to auditor independence, assisting the Board in its evaluation 
of  our  control  environment  and  internal  controls  including 
information systems and accounting practices. 

Due  to  its  adoption  of  the  QCA  Corporate  Governance 
standard,  the  Committee  reassessed  the  adequacy  of  its 

terms  of  reference  and  its  function  bearing  in  mind  the 
requirements of this standard. 

During  the  year  under  review,  the  Committee  considered 
among other matters, the following: 

ancial reporting and annual financial statements:    
FinFinFinFinancial reporting and annual financial statements:
ancial reporting and annual financial statements:
ancial reporting and annual financial statements:
  Considered the annual financial statements with the 
External  Auditor,  Executive  Directors 
and 
management  and  reviewed  the  appropriateness  of 
significant  judgements,  estimates  and  accounting 
policies; 

  Reviewed  and  recommended  to  the  Board  for 

approval: 

o  Unaudited condensed interim results for the 

period-ended 30 June 2019; 

o  Audited  MFG  PLC  Group  and  subsidiary 
annual  financial  statements  for  the  year-
ended 31 December 2019; and 
  Discussed  any  significant  and  unusual  accounting 
matters including key audit matters identified by the 
External Auditor. 

External audit:    
External audit:
External audit:
External audit:

  Monitored  and  assessed  the  independence  of  the 
External  Auditor  based  on  reports  received  and 
inquiries made into work performed; 

  Determined  the  nature  and  extent  of  non-audit 

services performed by the External Auditor; 

  Reviewed  and  assessed  the  significance  of  non-

audit fees compared to audit fees; 

  Reviewed  and  agreed  the  external  audit  plan  in 
advance  for  the  year-end  audit  which  set  out  the 
scope of audit, significant risks, areas of audit focus 
and audit timetable; 

  Received a presentation from the External Auditor on 
the  findings  from  their  execution  of  the  audit  plan; 
and 

  Satisfied  itself  as  to  the  expertise  experience  and 

independence of the engagement partner. 

Internal audit::::    
Internal audit
Internal audit
Internal audit

  Reviewed and approved the Internal Audit plan; 
  Reviewed  Internal  Audit’s  findings  including  the 
design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  the  internal 
control environment and control activities; and  
  Reviewed Internal Audit’s findings on the adequacy 

and reliability of management information. 

pliance::::    
Risk and compliance
Risk and com
pliance
pliance
Risk and com
Risk and com

  Assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Group  Risk  and 

Compliance function; 

  Reviewed 

the  Group  Risk  and  Compliance 
department  findings  on  the  effectiveness  of  the 
Group’s regulatory controls; 

  Recommended  a 

revision  of 

the  Risk  and 

Compliance policies for Board approval; and 

  Recommended  a  revision  of  the  Internal  Capital 
Adequacy Assessment Process for Board approval. 

Page | 18  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

AUDIT, RISK AND COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE     

External 
s independence     
uditor’’’’s independence 
External AAAAuditor
s independence 
s independence 
uditor
uditor
External 
External 
The External Auditor, KPMG Audit LLC, has been the Group’s 
auditor since 2007. 

Consideration was given to the non-audit work performed by 
the External Auditor. The ratio of non-audit fees to audit fees 
for the year was 0.78 to 1 (2018: 0.08 to 1). Non audit services 
related  to  transaction  services  and  tax  advisory  services. 
Services were performed by a separate team to the audit team 
to safeguard against the self-review threat to independence. 

The ARCC obtained assurance from the External Auditor that 
internal  governance  processes  within  KPMG  Audit  LLC 
support  and  demonstrate  its  claim  of  independence.  This 
assurance  was  provided  through  the  receipt  of  an  ISA  260 
letter. 

The ARCC is satisfied with the independence of KPMG Audit 
LLC. 

uditor’’’’s s s s reappointment
External 
reappointment    
External AAAAuditor
reappointment
reappointment
uditor
uditor
External 
External 
the 
responsible 
The  ARCC 
reappointment  of  the  Group’s  External  Auditor  to  the  Board 
which, 
its 
Shareholders. 

turn,  will  make  a 

recommendation 

recommending 

for 

to 

in 

is 

Key accounting matter
Key accounting matter    
Key accounting matter
Key accounting matter
Loan  impairment
wholesale  funding  and  individual  finance 
Loan  impairment     ––––     wholesale  funding  and  individual  finance 
wholesale  funding  and  individual  finance 
wholesale  funding  and  individual  finance 
Loan  impairment
Loan  impairment
agreements
agreements    
agreements
agreements
Impairments cover loans specifically identified as impaired and 
a collective impairment of all other loans for those impairments 
incurred but not yet specifically identified.  

Loan impairment provisions reflect estimates of the amount and 
timing  of  future  recoveries  which  require  an  assessment  of 
matters  such  as  future  economic  conditions  and  the  value of 
collateral. Estimates, by their nature, give rise to a higher risk 
of material misstatement due to error or fraud.  

The  effect  of  these  matters  is  that,  as  part  of  the  External 
Auditor’s risk assessment, they determined that the impairment 
provision  has  a  high  degree  of  estimation  uncertainty,  with  a 
potential  range  of  reasonable  outcomes  greater  than  their 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole, and possibly 
many times that amount. 
e assets    
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill and intangibl
e assets
e assets
Impairment of goodwill and intangibl
Impairment of goodwill and intangibl
Goodwill  and 
the 
estimated recoverable amount of these balances is subjective 
due  to  the  inherent  uncertainty  involved  in  forecasting  and 
discounting future cash flows for the goodwill impairment test 
and  in  performing  a  review  for  indicators  of  impairment  for 
intangible assets. 

intangible  assets  are  significant  and 

The  effect  of  these  matters  is  that,  as  part  of  the  External 
Auditor’s risk assessment, they have determined that the value 
in use of goodwill has a high degree of estimation uncertainty, 
with  a  potential  range  of  reasonable  outcomes  greater  than 
their materiality for the financial statements as a whole. 

It  is  noted  that  with  good  corporate  governance,  an  audit 
tender  process  should  regularly  be  conducted.  With  this  in 
mind,  the  ARCC  are  considering  whether  an  audit  tender 
process should commence for the year-ended 31 December 
2021.  This  will  allow  sufficient  time  to  run  a  comprehensive 
and considered tender process.  

The ARCC therefore recommend to the Board that its External 
Auditor be reappointed for the year-ended 31 December 2020, 
whilst  it  considers  a  tender  process.  Should  the  process 
commence,  the  ARCC  are  expected  to  have  the  tender 
complete prior to the 2021 AGM. 

Firms  outside  the  Big  4  would  be  invited  to  take  part  in  this 
process  so  long  as  they  have  sufficient  resources  and 
expertise  to  merit  their  inclusion.  There  are  no  anticipated 
conflicts  of  interest  noted  at  this  time  and  should  any  arise, 
they will be mitigated appropriately. 

Key accounting matters
Key accounting matters    
Key accounting matters
Key accounting matters
The  ARCC  considered key  accounting  matters  in  relation  to 
the Group’s financial statements and disclosures. The primary 
areas  in  relation  to  2019  and  how  they  were  addressed  are 
detailed below: 

ARCC response
ARCC response    
ARCC response
ARCC response
The ARCC satisfied itself that the internal control environment 
and  control  activities  are  appropriately  designed  and 
implemented.  This  was  supported  by  review  of  Internal  and 
External Audit reports and findings. 

The  ARCC  reviewed  reports  from  executive  management  on 
the  continued  implementation  of  IFRS  9  and  key  changes  to 
internal processes and controls. The ARCC reviewed the key 
assumptions  used  by  management  such  as  Loss  Given 
Default, Loss Rates, Probability of Default on a quarterly basis. 

The ARCC satisfied itself that the internal control environment 
and  control  activities  are  appropriately  designed  and 
implemented.  This  was  supported  by  review  of  Internal  and 
External Audit reports and findings. 

The  ARCC  reviewed  management’s  assessment  of  Goodwill 
and  Intangible  Asset  impairment  and  concluded  that  the 
recoverable amount is appropriate. 

Page | 19  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

AUDIT, RISK AND COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE     

ARCC response
ARCC response    
ARCC response
ARCC response
The ARCC satisfied itself that the internal control environment 
and  control  activities  are  appropriately  designed  and 
implemented.  This  was  supported  by  review  of  Internal  and 
External Audit reports and findings. 

The  ARCC  reviewed  management’s  assessment  of  VAT 
receivable  impairment  and  concluded  that  the  recoverable 
amount is appropriate. 

The ARCC is satisfied that the going concern assessment over 
the Group provides sufficient assurance over the recoverability 
of  the  Company’s  subordinated  loans  and  investment  in 
subsidiaries. 

is  significant  and 

receivable  exposure 

Key accounting matter
Key accounting matter    
Key accounting matter
Key accounting matter
VAT receivable    
VAT receivable
VAT receivable
VAT receivable
The  VAT 
its  
recoverability  rests on the outcome of  discussions  with the 
Isle  of  Man  Government  Customs  and  Excise  Division  (“IOM 
C&E”), which in turn will take into account the final assessment 
by UK Customs and Excise of the impact of the recent ruling by 
the  Court  of  Justice  of  the  European  Union  regarding  the 
dispute between Volkswagen Financial Services (UK) Limited 
vs HM Revenue & Customs.  

The  effect  of  these  matters  is  that,  as  part  of  the  External 
Auditor’s risk assessment, they determined that the impact of 
the final assessment of the amount of VAT to be recovered has 
a high degree of estimation uncertainty, with a potential range 
of  reasonable  outcomes  greater  than  their  materiality  for  the 
financial statements as a whole, and possibly many times that 
amount.    
Carrying  value  of  Company’s  subordinated 
Carrying  value  of  Company’s  subordinated 
Carrying  value  of  Company’s  subordinated 
Carrying  value  of  Company’s  subordinated 
investment in subsidiaries
investment in subsidiaries    
investment in subsidiaries
investment in subsidiaries
The carrying value of the Company’s subordinated loans to and 
investment in subsidiaries represents 97% (2018: 93.0%) of the 
Parent Company’s total assets.  

loans  and 
loans  and 
loans  and 
loans  and 

The  assessment  of  carrying  value  is  not  at  a  high  risk  of 
significant misstatement or subject to significant judgement as 
the carrying value is supported by the audited net asset value 
of the subsidiaries. 

However, due to its materiality in the context of the Company 
financial  statements,  the  External  Auditors considered  this  to 
be  the  area  that  had  the  greatest  effect  on  their  overall 
Company audit. 

The ARCC has complied with and discharged its responsibilities as set out in its Terms of Reference. 

Alan Clarke
Alan Clarke    
Alan Clarke
Alan Clarke
Chairman 
29 June 2020 

Page | 20  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT    

Dear Shareholder
Dear Shareholderssss    
Dear Shareholder
Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2019. 

Membership
Membership    
Membership
Membership
Members  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  (“REMCO”)  are 
appointed  by  the  Board,  on  the  recommendation  of  the 
Nomination  Committee  in  consultation  with  the  Chairman  of 
the  Committee.  The  Committee  is  made  up  of  at  least  3 
members.  All  members  of  the  Committee  shall  be  Non-
executive Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall not be a 
member of the Committee. 

Appointments to the Committee shall be for a period of up to 
3 years, which may be extended by the Board for a further 3-
year  period  (or,  in  exceptional  circumstances,  two  further  3 
year  periods),  provided  the  Director  remains  independent.  
The  Board  may  approve  annual  extensions  to  any  Director 
who has served 3 consecutive terms. 

The Board shall appoint the Chairman of the Committee who 
shall  be  a  Non-executive  Director.  In  the  absence  of  the 
Chairman of the Committee and/or an appointed deputy, the 
remaining members present shall elect one of themselves to 
chair the meeting. 

The Committee shall meet at least twice a year and at such 
other times as the Chairman of the Committee shall require. 

Membership    
Membership
Membership
Membership

Appointed    
Appointed
Appointed
Appointed

Alan Clarke (Chairman) 
David Gibson 

13 February 2009 
12 December 2010 

Number of 
Number of 
Number of 
Number of 
meetings 
meetings 
meetings 
meetings 
attended
attended    
attended
attended
6/6 
6/6 

Only  members  of  the  Committee  have  the  right  to  attend 
Committee  meetings.  However,  other  individuals  may  be 
invited by the Chairman of the Committee to attend all or part 
of any meeting as and when appropriate. 

Areas of focus for 2019999    
Areas of focus for 201
Areas of focus for 201
Areas of focus for 201
During the year, the Committee considered the following: 
  Reviewed the overall pay increase of Executive Directors; 
  Reviewed 
annual 

non-discretionary 

overall 

the 

performance related pay scheme for Group staff; and 
  Reviewed  and  approved  all  new  staff  appointments  with 

annual packages over £50,000. 

Remuneration policy
Remuneration policy    
Remuneration policy
Remuneration policy
The  Group’s  Remuneration  Policy  reflects  the  Group’s 
business  strategy  and  objectives  as  well  as  sustained  and 
long-term  value  creation  for  shareholders.    In  addition,  the 
policy  aims  to  be  fair  and  provide  equality  of  opportunity, 
ensuring that:  
  the  Group  is  able  to  attract,  develop  and  retain  high-
performing  and  motivated  employees  in  the  competitive 
local IOM and wider UK markets; 

  employees  are  offered  a  competitive  remuneration 
package to encourage enhanced performance and are, in 
a fair and responsible manner, rewarded for their individual 
contribution to the success of the Group; 

  it reflects our culture and values; and  
  there  is  full  transparency  of  the  Group’s  Remuneration 

Policy. 

In line with the Board’s approach, which reflects that adopted 
the  Group’s 
within  other  comparable  organisations, 
Remuneration  Policy  provides  for  the  reward  of  Executive 
Directors through salaries and other benefits.  

Executive Directors’ Emoluments
Executive Directors’ Emoluments    
Executive Directors’ Emoluments
Executive Directors’ Emoluments
The  remuneration  for  Executive  Directors  reflects  their 
responsibilities. 
It  comprises  basic  salary,  performance 
related variable pay when this is considered appropriate, and 
various benefits detailed below.  

Performance  related  payments  are  not  pensionable  and  are 
not contracted.  

As with staff generally, whose salaries are subject to annual 
reviews,  basic  salaries  payable  to  Executive  Directors  are 
reviewed  each  year  with  reference  to  jobs  carrying  similar 
responsibilities in comparable financial organisations, market 
conditions generally and local employment competition in view 
of the Group’s geographical position.  

The  Group  operates  a  non-contractual  discretionary  annual 
performance  related  pay  scheme  based  on  the  trading 
performance  of  the  Group  and  the  individual  employee’s 
performance  assessed  for  the  period  under  review  in  a 
manner which promotes sound risk management and does not 
promote excessive risk taking.   

The non-contractual discretionary annual performance related 
pay scheme may be paid in one year but that does not confer 
any entitlement in future years.  

to 
Performance  assessments  are  conducted  annually 
determine 
the  performance  rating  of  each  employee’s 
achievements against a mix of targets set and agreed at the 
beginning  of  each  year  between  the  employee  and  their 
manager.  No incentives are paid to employees or executives 
where  the  performance  rating  reflects  below  an  agreed 
expected level for the role employed. 

The non-contractual discretionary annual performance related 
pay  scheme  may  be  disbursed  as  a  cash  payment  through 
payroll, share based instruments (including share options) or 
a  mixture  of  both.    An  element  of  deferment  to  align  the 
interests  of  the  employee  to  the  longer  term  performance  of 
the Group may also be included. 

the  Advisor’s  client  base  and 

EAL’s  Financial  Advisors  are  salaried  and  commission  is 
calculated on a pre-agreed percentage over target which is set 
at between 2 to 3 times annual gross salary depending on the 
their  historical 
size  of 
performance.  Each Financial Advisor is set objectives at the 
beginning of the year including a 100% pass in all compliance 
requirements.  Where indemnified commission is paid and the 
underlying client policy lapses and the commission is clawed 
back then this is reviewed by an Executive Director in order to 
monitor  trends  and  is  then  clawed  back  from  the  relevant 
Financial Advisor. 

Where 
the  Group  operates  contractually  guaranteed 
performance related pay, the contractual conditions must be 
approved by the REMCO.  

Page | 21  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT    

Executive Directors’ 
erms    
ontractual tttterms
Executive Directors’ ccccontractual 
erms
erms
ontractual 
ontractual 
Executive Directors’ 
Executive Directors’ 
In keeping with current recommended practice, the standard 
term  for  Executive  Director  appointments,  which  have  a 
contractual notice period, is 6 months.  

NonNonNonNon----executive 
emuneration    
irectors’ rrrremuneration
executive DDDDirectors’ 
emuneration
emuneration
irectors’ 
irectors’ 
executive 
executive 
Non-executive Directors do not receive any benefits other than 
their  fees  and  travelling  expenses  for  which  they  are 
reimbursed.  The  level  of  fees  payable  to  Non-executive 
Directors  is  assessed  using  benchmarks  from  a  group  of 
comparable financial organisations.  

The The The The pppprocedure for 
emuneration    
etermining rrrremuneration
rocedure for ddddetermining 
emuneration
emuneration
etermining 
etermining 
rocedure for 
rocedure for 
The  REMCO,  comprising  two  Non-executive  Directors,  is 
responsible  for  setting  the  remuneration  of  the  Executive 

Directors’ emoluments    
Directors’ emoluments
Directors’ emoluments
Directors’ emoluments

Remuneration/  
Fees 
£ 

Performance 
Related Pay 
£ 

Executives    
Executives
Executives
Executives
Jim Mellon 
Denham Eke 
Douglas Grant 

NonNonNonNon----executives
executives    
executives
executives
Alan Clarke 
Gregory Bailey 
John Banks 
David Gibson 
John Spellman 

Aggregate 
emoluments 

25,000 
25,000 
208,720 
258,720 

45,000 
12,500 
25,000 
69,167 
- 
151,667 

- 
- 
50,000 
50,000 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Directors and is chaired by Alan Clarke. Committee members 
in  discussions  concerning  their  own 
do  not  take  part 
remuneration. The basic Non-executive Director fee is set by 
the  Group  Chairman  and  CEO.  The  Chairman  of  the 
Committee  reports  at 
following  a 
Committee meeting. 

the  Board  meeting 

Implementation report
Implementation report    
Implementation report
Implementation report
It  is  the  view  of  the  Committee  that  Directors’  remuneration 
awarded  across  the  Group  for  the  year  has  been  in 
accordance with the Group’s stated Remuneration Policy and, 
on behalf of the Committee I recommend that you endorse this 
Group  report.    An  analysis  of  Directors’  emoluments  is  as 
follows: 

Pension 
£ 

- 
- 
20,589 
20,589 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

2012012012019999    
Total
Total    
Total
Total
££££    

25,000
25,000    
25,000
25,000
25,000
25,000    
25,000
25,000
279,309
279,309    
279,309
279,309
329,309    
329,309
329,309
329,309

45,000
45,000    
45,000
45,000
12,500
12,500    
12,500
12,500
25,000    
25,000
25,000
25,000
69,167
69,167    
69,167
69,167
----    
151,667    
151,667
151,667
151,667

2018 
Total 
£ 

25,000 
25,000 
260,604 
310,604 

42,917 
22,400 
25,000 
55,000 
- 
145,317 

410,387 

50,000 

20,589 

480,976    
480,976
480,976
480,976

455,921 

Approval
Approval    
Approval
Approval
This report was approved by the Board of Directors on 29 June 2020 and signed on its behalf by:   

Alan Clarke    
Alan Clarke
Alan Clarke
Alan Clarke
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
29 June 2020 

Page | 22  

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISK AND GOVERNANCE 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT    

The  Directors  present  their  annual  report  and  the  audited 
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019. 

Directors and Directors’ share interests
Directors and Directors’ share interests    
Directors and Directors’ share interests
Directors and Directors’ share interests
Details of current Directors are set out on pages 16 and 17. 

Principal regulated activities
Principal regulated activities    
Principal regulated activities
Principal regulated activities
The  principal  activities  of  Manx  Financial  Group  PLC  (the 
“Company” or “MFG”) and its subsidiaries (together referred to 
as the “Group”) are the provision of asset and personal finance, 
investing  activities,  foreign  exchange  brokerage  services  and 
wealth management. 

The Bank, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, holds a 
Class 1(1) deposit taking licence issued under Part 2 of the Isle 
of  Man  Financial  Services  Act  2008.  Deposits  made  with  the 
Bank are covered by the Isle of Man Depositors’ Compensation 
Scheme contained in the Banking Business (Compensation of 
Depositors) Regulations 1991.  

CFL is authorised by the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) to 
conduct brokerage services. 

EAL  is  authorised  by  the  Isle  of  Man  Financial  Services 
Authority under section 7 of the Financial Services Act 2008 to 
conduct investment business as a Class 2, sub-classes (3), (6) 
and (7) licence holder.  

Results and dividends    
Results and dividends
Results and dividends
Results and dividends
The proposed transfers to and from reserves are as set out in 
the Statement of Changes in Equity on page 35. The Directors 
do not recommend the payment of a dividend (2018: nil). 

Share capital    
Share capital
Share capital
Share capital
Particulars  of  the  authorised  and  issued  share  capital  of  the 
Company are set out in note 31 to the financial statements.  

Significant shareholdings    
Significant shareholdings
Significant shareholdings
Significant shareholdings
The number of shares held and the percentage of the issued 
shares which that number represented as at 26 June 2020 are: 
% of % of % of % of 
issued capital    
issued capital
issued capital
issued capital

Number    
Number
Number
Number

Jim Mellon1 
Gregory Bailey2 
Euroclear Nominees Limited3 
Lynchwood Nominees Limited 
Island Farms Limited 
Rock (Nominees) Limited 

21,492,232 
17,835,750 
17,039,623 
9,673,385 
4,222,319 
3,979,914 

18.83 
15.63 
14.93 
8.48 
3.70 
3.49 

1  Burnbrae Limited holds 19,164,250 Ordinary Shares. Burnbrae 
Limited  is  100%  beneficially  owned  by  Jim  Mellon.    Denham 
Eke,  CEO  of  MFG  is  also  a  director  of  Burnbrae  Limited.  
Pershing Nominees Limited holds 166,666 Ordinary Shares and 
Vidacos Nominees Limited holds 1,468,666 Ordinary Shares in 
trust for Jim Mellon and 692,650 Ordinary Shares are held in his 
own name. 

2  Vidacos  Nominees  Limited  holds  17,835,750  Ordinary  Shares 

in trust for Gregory Bailey. 

3  Euroclear Nominees Limited holds 17,039,623 Ordinary Shares 

in trust for Aeternitas Imperium Privatstiftung. 

The number of shares held by the current Directors is as follows:  

Jim Mellon4 
Gregory Bailey5 
David Gibson6 
Douglas Grant 
Alan Clarke 

Number
Number    
Number
Number
26262626/0/0/0/06666////20202020    
21,492,232
21,492,232    
21,492,232
21,492,232
17,835,750
17,835,750    
17,835,750
17,835,750
1,721,433
1,721,433    
1,721,433
1,721,433
505,821
505,821    
505,821
505,821
52,149    
52,149
52,149
52,149

Number
Number    
Number
Number
31/12/19    
31/12/19
31/12/19
31/12/19
21,492,232
21,492,232    
21,492,232
21,492,232
17,835,750
17,835,750    
17,835,750
17,835,750
1,721,433
1,721,433    
1,721,433
1,721,433
505,821
505,821    
505,821
505,821
52,149    
52,149
52,149
52,149

Number 
31/12/18 
21,492,232 
17,835,750 
1,721,433 
505,821 
52,149 

4  Burnbrae Limited holds 19,164,250 Ordinary Shares. Burnbrae 
Limited  is  100%  beneficially  owned  by  Jim  Mellon.    Denham 
Eke,  CEO  of  MFG  is  also  a  director  of  Burnbrae  Limited.  
Pershing Nominees Limited holds 166,666 Ordinary Shares and 
Vidacos Nominees Limited holds 1,468,666 Ordinary Shares in 
trust for Jim Mellon and 692,650 Ordinary Shares are held in his 
own name. 

5  Vidacos  Nominees  Limited  holds  17,835,750  Ordinary  Shares 

in trust for Gregory Bailey. 

6  Comprises  1,721,433  Ordinary  Shares  held  by  Interactive 

Investor Services Limited for the benefit of David Gibson. 

The number of share options held by the current Directors is as 
follows:  

Douglas Grant 

Number
Number    
Number
Number
26262626/0/0/0/06666////20202020    
1,042,466    
1,042,466
1,042,466
1,042,466

Number
Number    
Number
Number
31/12/1
31/12/19999    
31/12/1
31/12/1
1,042,466    
1,042,466
1,042,466
1,042,466

Number 
31/12/18 
1,042,466 

Directors’ liability insurance
Directors’ liability insurance    
Directors’ liability insurance
Directors’ liability insurance
The  Group  maintains  insurance  cover  for  Directors’  potential 
liability. 

Fixed and intangible assets    
Fixed and intangible assets
Fixed and intangible assets
Fixed and intangible assets
The movement in fixed and intangible assets during the year are 
set  out  in  notes  24  and  25  respectively  to  the  financial 
statements.  

StaffStaffStaffStaff    
At 31 December 2019, there were 127 members of staff (2018: 
113), of whom 14 were part-time (2018: 11). 

Investment in subsidiaries    
Investment in subsidiaries
Investment in subsidiaries
Investment in subsidiaries
Investments  in  the  Company’s  subsidiaries  are  disclosed  in 
note 32 to the financial statements.  

Auditor
Auditor    
Auditor
Auditor
KPMG Audit LLC, being eligible, has expressed its willingness 
to continue in office.  

Page | 23  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONTENTS 

Assurance 
Assurance
Assurance
Assurance

Page 

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
Independent Auditor’s Report 

Consolidated and company financial statements 
Consolidated and company financial statements
Consolidated and company financial statements
Consolidated and company financial statements

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income 
Company Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
Company Statement of Financial Position 
Consolidated and Company Statement of Changes in 
Equity 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
Company Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the consolidated and company financial statements 
Notes to the consolidated and company financial statements
Notes to the consolidated and company financial statements
Notes to the consolidated and company financial statements

Basis of preparation    
Basis of preparation
Basis of preparation
Basis of preparation
1.   Reporting entity 
2.   Basis of accounting 
3.   Functional and presentation currency 
4.   Use of judgements and estimates 
5.   Changes in accounting policies 

Financial risk review and fair value
Financial risk review and fair value    
Financial risk review and fair value
Financial risk review and fair value
6.   Classification of financial assets and liabilities 
7.   Fair value of financial instruments 
8.   Financial risk review 

Performance for the year
Performance for the year    
Performance for the year
Performance for the year
9.   Operating segments 
10. Net interest income 
11. Net fee and commission income 
12. Terminal funding 
13. Personnel expenses 
14. Other expenses 
15. Impairment on loans and advances to customers 
16. Profit before tax payable 
17. Income tax expense 
18. Earnings per share 

Assets
Assets    
Assets
Assets
19. Cash and cash equivalents 
20. Debt securities 
21. Trading asset 
22. Loans and advances to customers 
23. Trade and other receivables 
24. Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use  
      assets 
25. Intangible assets 

25 
26 

31 

32 

33 
34 
35 

36 
37 

38 
38 
38 
38 
38 

40 
41 
43 

49 
50 
50 
51 
51 
51 
51 
52 
52 
53 

54 
54 
54 
54 
55 
56 

57 

Liabilities and equity    
Liabilities and equity
Liabilities and equity
Liabilities and equity
26. Deposits from customers 
27. Creditors and accrued charges 
28. Block creditors 
29. Loan notes 
30. Pension liability 
31. Called up share capital 

Group composition    
  Group composition
Group composition
Group composition
32. Investment in Group undertakings 

Other information    
  Other information
Other information
Other information
33. Related parties transactions 
34. Operating leases 
35. Subsequent events 
36. Financial risk management 

Accounting policies
Accounting policies    
Accounting policies
Accounting policies
37. Basis of measurement 
38. Significant accounting policies 
39. Standards issued but not yet adopted 

PagePagePagePage    

57 
58 
58 
58 
58 
61 

62 

65 
66 
66 
67 

69 
70 
80 

Page | 24  

 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES    

responsible 

The  Directors  are 
for  keeping  adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the 
Parent Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy  at  any  time  the  financial  position  of  the  Parent 
Company  and  enable  them  to  ensure  that  its  financial 
statements comply with the Isle of Man Companies Act 2006.   

They  are  responsible  for  such  internal  control  as  they 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking 
such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the 
assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other 
irregularities.   

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  the  maintenance  and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included on 
the  Company’s  website.    Legislation  in  the  Isle  of  Man 
governing  the  preparation  and  dissemination  of  financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and  the  Group  and  Parent  Company  financial  statements  in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.   

The  Directors  are  required  to  prepare  Group  and  Parent 
Company  financial  statements  for  each  financial  year.    As 
required by the AIM Rules of the London Stock Exchange they 
are  required  to  prepare  the  Group  financial  statements  in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRSs”)  as  adopted  by  the  EU,  as  applicable  to  an  Isle  of 
Man Company and applicable law and have elected to prepare 
the Parent Company financial statements on the same basis. 

The  Directors  must  not  approve  the  financial  statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of 
the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company and of 
their  profit  or  loss  for  that  period.    In  preparing  each  of  the 
Group  and  Parent  Company 
the 
Directors are required to:  
  select  suitable  accounting policies and  then apply  them 

financial  statements, 

consistently;   

  make  judgements  and  estimates  that  are  reasonable, 

relevant and reliable;   

  state  whether  they  have  been  prepared  in  accordance 

with IFRSs as adopted by the EU;   

  assess  the  Group  and  Parent  Company’s  ability  to 
continue  as  a  going  concern,  disclosing,  as  applicable, 
matters related to going concern; and   

  use  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  unless  they 
either  intend  to  liquidate  the  Group  or  the  Parent 
Company  or  to  cease  operations  or  have  no  realistic 
alternative but to do so.   

Page | 25  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT, TO THE MEMBERS OF MANX FINANCIAL 
GROUP PLC    

1 Our opinion is unmodified   
1 Our opinion is unmodified       
1 Our opinion is unmodified   
1 Our opinion is unmodified   
We  have  audited  the  financial  statements  of  Manx  Financial  Group 
PLC  (“the  Company”)  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019  which 
comprise the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of Profit 
or  Loss  and  Other  Comprehensive  Income,  the  Consolidated  and 
Parent  Company  Statements  of  Financial  Position,  the  Consolidated 
and Parent Company Statements of Cash Flows and the Consolidated 
and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity, and the related 
notes, including the accounting policies in note 38.    

In our opinion the financial statements:    

  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  the  Group’s  and  of 
the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2019 and 
of the Group’s and Parent Company’s profit for the year then 
ended;    

  have  been  properly  prepared 

in  accordance  with 
International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as  adopted  by 
the  European  Union  (IFRSs  as  adopted  by  the  EU),  as 
applicable to an Isle of Man Company;  and   

  have been prepared in accordance with the  requirements of 

the Isle of Man Companies Act 2006.  

Basis for opinion    
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on 
Auditing  (UK)  (“ISAs  (UK)”)  and  applicable  law.  Our  responsibilities 
are  described  below.  We  have  fulfilled  our  ethical  responsibilities 
under,  and  are  independent  of  the  Group  in  accordance  with,  UK 
ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as applicable 
to listed entities. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained 
is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion.    

our assessment of risks of material misstatement   
2 Key audit matters:
2 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement
our assessment of risks of material misstatement
our assessment of risks of material misstatement
2 Key audit matters:
2 Key audit matters:
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, 
were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and 
include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether  or  not  due  to  fraud)  identified  by  us,  including  those  which 
had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of 
resources  in  the  audit;  and  directing  the  efforts  of  the  engagement 
team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. In arriving 
at our audit opinion above, the key audit matters, in decreasing order 
of  audit  significance,  are  set  out  below.  These  are  unchanged  from 
2018,  with  the  exception  that  this  year  loan  impairment  has  been 
separated into wholesale funding and individual finance agreements.  

Key audit matter
Key audit matter    
Key audit matter
Key audit matter
Loan  impairment 
wholesale 
Loan  impairment  ––––     wholesale 
wholesale 
wholesale 
Loan  impairment 
Loan  impairment 
funding    
funding
funding
funding
Loans 
to 
customers  £40,491,000  (2018: 
£41,746,000) 

advances 

and 

Impairment  Provision  £536,000 
(2018: £nil) 

Refer  to  the  Audit,  Risk  and 
Compliance  Report  (“ARCC”), 
note 4 (Use of Judgements and 
Estimates  -  Assumptions  and 
Estimation  Uncertainties),  note 
8(A)  (Credit  Risk),  note  15 
(Impairment  on  Loans  and 
Advances  to  Customers),  note 
22  (Loans  and  Advances  to 
Customers), 
(B) 
(Financial  Risk  Management  – 
Credit  risk)  and  note  38(G)(vii) 
for 
(Accounting 
Financial 
Impairment 
Instruments). 

Policy 

note 

36 

of 

The risk 
The risk          
The risk 
The risk 
Subjective estimate
Subjective estimate    
Subjective estimate
Subjective estimate
Impairments  cover  loans  specifically  identified  as 
impaired  and  a  collective  impairment  of  all  other 
loans  for  those  impairments  incurred  but  not  yet 
specifically identified.  

Wholesale  Funding  comprises  Block  Finance, 
Wholesale Funding Agreements and Stocking Plans. 
These  books  comprise  individually  significant  loan 
balances and are in the nature of a secured business 
loan. The security is principally an underlying pool of 
loans. 

Loan impairment provisions reflect estimates of the 
amount and timing of future recoveries which require 
an assessment of matters such as future economic 
conditions and the value of collateral. Estimates, by 
their  nature,  give  rise  to  a  higher  risk  of  material 
misstatement due to error or fraud.  

The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk 
assessment,  we  determined  that  the  impairment 
provision  has  a  high  degree  of  estimation 
uncertainty,  with  a  potential  range  of  reasonable 
outcomes  greater 
the 
financial statements as a whole, and possibly many 
times that amount. 

than  our  materiality  for 

Auditor’s
response    
Auditor’s    response
response
response
Auditor’s
Auditor’s
Our procedures included: 

----     Control  design:
Control  design:  Understanding  the  controls  in 
Control  design:
Control  design:
respect of the origination of wholesale funding loans, 
including borrower due diligence. 

Control  design:  Understanding  the  controls  in 
----     Control  design:
Control  design:
Control  design:
respect of the Group’s loan impairment process such 
as  the  timely  recognition  of  impairment  provisions, 
the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  reports  used  in 
the  loan  impairment  process  and  management 
review  processes  over  the  calculation  of  collective 
and specific provisions.  

in 

the 

Test  of  details:  We  agreed  the  specific  provisions 
----     Test  of  details:
Test  of  details:
Test  of  details:
included 
to 
management’s  provisioning  schedule  and  vouched 
that  this  schedule  was  correctly  extracted  from  the 
loans  and  advances  system,  including  the  arrears 
information.  

statements 

financial 

----     Test  of  details:
Test  of  details:  We  tested  all  specific  provisions. 
Test  of  details:
Test  of  details:
challenging  management’s 
included 
This 
assessment of the specific provision, taking account 
of  such  factors  as:  amount  of  arrears;  financial 
standing  of  the  business  –  by  reviewing  latest 
accounts; status of underlying security – by verifying 
a  sample  of  security  documentation;  and  likelihood 
of recovery of any personal guarantees – by vouching 
to the personal guarantee agreement and assessing 
supporting evidence of the ability of the guarantor to 
meet their obligations. 

----     Historical  comparison:
Historical  comparison:  We  challenged  the  inputs 
Historical  comparison:
Historical  comparison:
used in collective impairment models by comparison 
to  default  and  recovery  experience  across  each  of 
the loan finance categories.  

----     Assessing transparency:
Assessing transparency: Assessing the adequacy 
Assessing transparency:
Assessing transparency:
of  the  Group’s  disclosures  about  the  degree  of 
estimation  uncertainty  involved  at  arriving  at  the 
provisions. 

Page | 26  

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
  
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT, TO THE MEMBERS OF MANX FINANCIAL 
GROUP PLC    

2 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued)    
2 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued)
2 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued)
2 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued)

Key audit matter
Key audit matter    
Key audit matter
Key audit matter
Loan 
––––    
impairment 
impairment 
Loan 
impairment 
Loan 
impairment 
Loan 
finance agreements    
finance agreements
finance agreements
finance agreements
Loans 
to 
customers £138,879,000 (2018: 
£106,532,000) 

advances 

individual 
individual 
individual 
individual 

and 

Provision 
Impairment 
£4,237,000 (2018: £3,394,000).  

Refer  to  the  Audit,  Risk  and 
Compliance  Report  (“ARCC”), 
note 4 (Use of Judgements and 
Estimates  -  Assumptions  and 
Estimation  Uncertainties),  note 
8(A)  (Credit  Risk),  note  15 
(Impairment  on  Loans  and 
Advances  to  Customers),  note 
22  (Loans  and  Advances  to 
Customers), 
(B) 
(Financial  Risk  Management  – 
Credit  risk)  and  note  38(G)(vii) 
(Accounting 
for 
Financial 
Impairment 
Instruments). 

Policy 

note 

36 

of 

The risk 
The risk          
The risk 
The risk 
Subjective estimate
Subjective estimate    
Subjective estimate
Subjective estimate
Impairments  cover  loans  specifically  identified  as 
impaired  and  a  collective  impairment  of  all  other 
loans  for  those  impairments  incurred  but  not  yet 
specifically identified.  

Loan impairment provisions reflect estimates of the 
amount and timing of future recoveries which require 
an assessment of matters such as future economic 
conditions and the value of collateral. Estimates, by 
their  nature,  give  rise  to  a  higher  risk  of  material 
misstatement due to error or fraud.  

The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk 
assessment,  we  determined  that  the  impairment 
provision  has  a  high  degree  of  estimation 
uncertainty,  with  a  potential  range  of  reasonable 
the 
outcomes  greater 
financial statements as a whole, and possibly many 
times that amount. 

than  our  materiality  for 

Auditor’s response
Auditor’s response 
Auditor’s response
Auditor’s response
Our procedures included: 

----     Control  design:
Control  design:  Understanding  the  controls  in 
Control  design:
Control  design:
respect  of  the  origination  individual  finance  loans, 
including borrower due diligence. 

Control design: Understanding controls in respect 
    ----    Control design:
Control design:
Control design:
of the Group’s loan impairment process such as the 
timely  recognition  of  impairment  provisions,  the 
completeness  and  accuracy  of  reports  used  in  the 
loan  impairment  process  and  management  review 
processes  over  the  calculation  of  collective  and 
specific provisions.  

the 

etails:  We  agreed  the  specific  provisions 
----     Test  of  d
Test  of  details:
etails:
etails:
Test  of  d
Test  of  d
included 
to 
in 
management’s  provisioning  schedule  and  vouched 
that  this  schedule  was  correctly  extracted  from  the 
loans  and  advances  system,  including  the  arrears 
information.  

statements 

financial 

towards 

----     Test  of 
details:  We  tested  a  sample  of  specific 
Test  of  details:
details:
details:
Test  of 
Test  of 
those  against 
provisions,  weighted 
individually significant impaired loans. This included 
challenging  management’s  assessment  of 
the 
specific  provision,  taking  into  account  such  factors 
as: the number of repayments in arrears; the known 
whereabouts  of  the  hirer/lessor  and  of  the  assets 
under  finance;  and  the  amounts  received  under 
agreed 
scheduled 
repayments  under  the  original  agreement  are  no 
longer being met.  

repayment  plans,  where 

----     Historical  comparison
Historical  comparison::::  We  challenged  the  inputs 
Historical  comparison
Historical  comparison
used in collective impairment models and considered 
whether those inputs reflected default and recovery 
experience  across  each  of 
finance 
categories.  

loan 

the 

----     Assessing transparency:
Assessing transparency: Assessing the adequacy 
Assessing transparency:
Assessing transparency:
of  the  Group’s  disclosures  about  the  degree  of 
estimation  uncertainty  involved  at  arriving  at  the 
provisions. 

Page | 27  

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT, TO THE MEMBERS OF MANX FINANCIAL 
GROUP PLC    

assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued) 
2 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued)
2 Key audit matters: our 
assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued)
assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued)
2 Key audit matters: our 
2 Key audit matters: our 

Key audit matter
Key audit matter    
Key audit matter
Key audit matter
Impairment  of  goodwill  and 
Impairment  of  goodwill  and 
Impairment  of  goodwill  and 
Impairment  of  goodwill  and 
intangible assets      
intangible assets  
intangible assets  
intangible assets  

The risk 
The risk          
The risk 
The risk 
based valuation     
Forecast----based valuation 
Forecast
based valuation 
based valuation 
Forecast
Forecast

Goodwill  and  intangible  assets  are  significant  and 
the estimated recoverable amount of these balances 
is subjective due to the inherent uncertainty involved 
in forecasting and discounting future cash flows for 
the  goodwill  impairment  test  and  in  performing  a 
review  for  indicators  of  impairment  for  intangible 
assets. 

The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk 
assessment, we determined that the value in use of 
goodwill has a high degree of estimation uncertainty, 
with  a  potential  range  of  reasonable  outcomes 
greater 
financial 
statements  as  a  whole.  The  financial  statements 
(note  32)  disclose  the  sensitivity  estimated  by  the 
Group. 

than  our  materiality 

the 

for 

Goodwill  
£3,734,000 (2018: £2,344,000)  
and Intangibles Assets  
£2,293,000 (2018: £1,952,000).  

in 

Refer  to  the  ARCC  report,  note 
4  (Use  of  Judgements  and 
Estimates  -  Assumptions  and 
Estimation  Uncertainties),  note 
25  (Intangible  Assets),  note  32 
(Investment 
Group 
Undertakings),  38(A)  (Basis  for 
Consolidation  of  Subsidiaries 
Financial 
and 
the  Parent 
Statements  of 
Company), 
38(K) 
(Intangible Assets and Goodwill) 
and  note  38(L)  (Impairment  of 
Non-Financial Assets) 

Separate 

note 

VAT receivable     
VAT receivable 
VAT receivable 
VAT receivable 

Uncertainty over recoverability     
Uncertainty over recoverability 
Uncertainty over recoverability 
Uncertainty over recoverability 

VAT 
£906,000 (2018: £1,049,000).  

receivable 

exposure 

Refer  to  the  ARCC  report,  note 
4  (Use  of  Judgements  and 
Estimates  -  Assumptions  and 
Estimation  Uncertainties)  and 
(Trade  and  Other 
note  23 
Receivables).   

The  VAT  receivable  exposure  is  significant  and  its  
recoverability  rests on the outcome of  discussions  
with  the  Isle  of  Man  Government  Customs  and 
Excise Division (“IOM C&E”), which in turn will take 
into  account  the  final  assessment  by  UK  Customs 
and  Excise  of  the  impact  of  the  recent  European 
Union  Court  of  Justice  ruling  regarding  the  dispute 
(UK) 
between  Volkswagen  Financial  Services 
Limited (“VWFS”) v HM Revenue & Customs.  

The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk 
assessment,  we  determined  that  the  impact  of  the 
final  assessment  of  the  amount  of  VAT  to  be 
recovered  has  a  high  degree  of  estimation 
uncertainty,  with  a  potential  range  of  reasonable 
outcomes  greater 
for  the 
financial statements as a whole, and possibly many 
times that amount. 

than  our  materiality 

Auditor’s
response    
Auditor’s    response
response
response
Auditor’s
Auditor’s
Our procedures included:  

----     Control  design:
Control  design:  Understanding  the  controls  in 
Control  design:
Control  design:
respect  of  the  Group’s  goodwill  and  intangibles 
assets impairment review process such as the timely 
recognition  of 
the 
completeness  and  accuracy  of  reports  used  in  the 
impairment review process.  

impairment  provisions  and 

----     Our  sector  experience:
Our  sector  experience:  Evaluating  assumptions 
Our  sector  experience:
Our  sector  experience:
used, in particular those relating to forecast revenue 
growth  and  profit  margins  using  our  own  valuation 
specialist. 

----     Benchmarking  assumptions:
the 
Benchmarking  assumptions:  Comparing 
Benchmarking  assumptions:
Benchmarking  assumptions:
group’s  assumptions  to  externally  derived  data  in 
relation  to  key  inputs  such  as  projected  economic 
growth,  competition,  cost  inflation  and  discount 
rates.  

----     Indictors  of  impairment  for  intangible  assets:
Indictors  of  impairment  for  intangible  assets: 
Indictors  of  impairment  for  intangible  assets:
Indictors  of  impairment  for  intangible  assets:
Analysing  latest  financial  data  for  the  business 
related  to  the  relevant  intangible  asset  to  assess 
whether there are any indicators of impairment, such 
as losses being made or downturn in sales.  

----    Sensitivity analysis:
Sensitivity analysis: Performing breakeven analysis 
Sensitivity analysis:
Sensitivity analysis:
on the assumptions noted above.   

----     Assessing transparency:
Assessing transparency: Assessing the adequacy 
Assessing transparency:
Assessing transparency:
of the Group’s disclosures about the sensitivity of the 
outcome of the impairment assessment to changes 
in key assumptions reflected in the risks inherent in 
the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets. 
Our procedures included:  

----     Control  design:
Control  design:  Understanding  the  controls  in 
Control  design:
Control  design:
respect of the assessment of the recoverability of the 
VAT receivable. 

----    Our tax expertise:
Our tax expertise: Use of our own tax specialists to 
Our tax expertise:
Our tax expertise:
assist  in  testing  the  revised  calculations  and  to 
assess the latest position regarding both the VWFS 
case  and  discussions  between  the  Group  and  IOM 
C&E  using  our  knowledge  and  experience  of  the 
application of relevant tax legislation. 

----     Assessing transparency:
Assessing transparency: Assessing the adequacy 
Assessing transparency:
Assessing transparency:
of  the  Group’s  disclosures  about  the  degree  of 
estimation  uncertainty  involved  in  assessing  the 
recoverability of this balance. 

Page | 28  

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT, TO THE MEMBERS OF MANX FINANCIAL 
GROUP PLC    

misstatement (continued) 
2 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued)
2 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material 
misstatement (continued)
misstatement (continued)
2 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material 
2 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material 

Key audit matter
Key audit matter    
Key audit matter
Key audit matter
Recoverability 
Parent 
Parent 
Recoverability 
Parent 
Parent 
Recoverability 
Recoverability 
Company’s  subordinated  loans 
Company’s  subordinated  loans 
Company’s  subordinated  loans 
Company’s  subordinated  loans 
to 
in 
in 
to 
in 
to 
in 
to 
subsidiaries    
subsidiaries
subsidiaries
subsidiaries

investment 
investment 
investment 
investment 

and 
and 
and 
and 

of 
of 
of 
of 

loans 

Subordinated 
to 
subsidiaries  £7,778,000  (2018: 
£7,778,000)  and  investment  in 
subsidiaries £17,822,000 (2018: 
£16,172,000) 

(Investment 

Refer  to  the  ARCC  report,  note 
in  Group 
32 
Undertakings) and note 38(A)(v) 
(Separate Financial Statements 
of the Company). 

The risk 
The risk          
The risk 
The risk 
igh value    
Low risk, high value
Low risk, h
igh value
igh value
Low risk, h
Low risk, h

Auditor’s
response    
Auditor’s    response
response
response
Auditor’s
Auditor’s
procedures included:     
OurOurOurOur    procedures included: 
procedures included: 
procedures included: 

The  carrying  value  of 
the  Parent  Company’s 
subordinated loans to and investment in subsidiaries 
represents  97.0%  (2018:  93.0%)  of  the  Parent 
Company’s total assets. The assessment of carrying 
value is not at a high risk of significant misstatement 
or  subject  to  significant  judgement  as  the  carrying 
value is supported by the audited net asset value of 
the  subsidiaries.  However,  due  to  its  materiality  in 
the  context  of 
financial 
statements, this is considered to be the area that had 
the  greatest  effect  on  our  overall  Parent  Company 
audit. 

the  Parent  Company 

Tests  of  detail:
Tests  of  detail:  Comparing  the  carrying  amount  of 
Tests  of  detail:
Tests  of  detail:
100%  of  the  Parent  Company’s  loans  to  and 
investments 
relevant  
in  subsidiaries  with 
subsidiaries’ draft balance sheet to identify whether 
their  net  assets,  being  an  approximation  of  their 
the 
minimum 
carrying  amount  of  the  Parent  Company’s  loans  to 
and investments in those subsidiaries and assessing 
whether  those  subsidiaries  have  historically  been 
profit-making 

recoverable  amount,  supported 

the 

4 We have nothing to report on going concern (continued)    
4 We have nothing to report on going concern (continued)
4 We have nothing to report on going concern (continued)
4 We have nothing to report on going concern (continued)
In  our  evaluation  of  the  Directors’  conclusions,  we  considered  the 
inherent risks to the Group’s and Parent Company’s business model, 
and  analysed  how  those  risks  might  affect  the  Group’s  and  Parent 
Company’s  financial  resources or  ability to  continue  operations  over 
the  going  concern  period.    We  evaluated  those  risks  and  concluded 
that they were not significant enough to require us to perform additional 
audit procedures.   

Based  on  this  work,  we  are  required  to  report  to  you  if  we  have 
concluded  that  the  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  is 
inappropriate or there is an undisclosed material uncertainty that may 
cast significant doubt over the use of that basis for a period of at least 
a year from the date of approval of the financial statements.   

We have nothing to report in these respects, and we did not identify 
going concern as a key audit matter. 

5  We  have  nothing  to  report  on  the  other  information  in  the  Annual 
5  We  have  nothing  to  report  on  the  other  information  in  the  Annual 
5  We  have  nothing  to  report  on  the  other  information  in  the  Annual 
5  We  have  nothing  to  report  on  the  other  information  in  the  Annual 
Report 
Report     
Report 
Report 
The  Directors  are  responsible  for  the  other  information  presented  in 
the Annual Report together with the financial statements.  Our opinion 
on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly 
stated below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon.   

Our  responsibility  is  to  read  the  other  information  and,  in  doing  so, 
consider  whether,  based  on  our  financial  statements  audit  work,  the 
information  therein  is  materially  misstated  or  inconsistent  with  the 
financial statements or our audit knowledge.  Based solely on that work 
we have not identified material misstatements in the other information.   

3  Our  application  of  materiality and  an  overview  of  the  scope  of  our 
3  Our  application  of  materiality and  an  overview  of  the  scope  of  our 
3  Our  application  of  materiality and  an  overview  of  the  scope  of  our 
3  Our  application  of  materiality and  an  overview  of  the  scope  of  our 
audit   
audit       
audit   
audit   
Materiality  for  the  Group  financial  statements  as  a  whole  was  set  at 
£150,000 (2018: £130,000), determined with reference to a benchmark 
of Group profit before tax, of which it represents approximately 5.0%.    

Materiality  for  the  Parent  Company  financial  statements  as  a  whole 
was set at £150,000 (2018: £130,000), determined with reference to a 
benchmark of Parent Company net assets, but reduced to align with 
materiality for the Group financial statements.    

We agreed to report to the Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee any 
corrected  or  uncorrected  identified  misstatements  exceeding  £7,500 
(2018:  £7,000)  for  both  the  Group  and  Parent  Company  financial 
statements, in addition to other identified misstatements that warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds.   

The Group’s trading subsidiaries were subjected to full scope statutory 
audit by the Group audit team and subject to a lower level of materiality 
based  on  their  individual  financial  statements.  Certain  non-trading 
subsidiaries  were  not  subject  to  full  scope  statutory  audit,  but  were 
audited by the Group audit team based on their materiality to the Group 
financial statements. 

4 We have nothing to report on going concern 
4 We have nothing to report on going concern     
4 We have nothing to report on going concern 
4 We have nothing to report on going concern 
The  Directors  have  prepared  the  financial  statements  on  the  going 
concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Company or the 
Group or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that 
the  Company’s  and  the  Group’s  financial  position  means  that  this is 
realistic.  They  have  also  concluded  that  there  are  no  material 
uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over their ability to 
continue  as  a  going  concern  for  at  least  a  year  from  the  date  of 
approval of the financial statements (“the going concern period”).  

Our  responsibility  is  to  conclude  on  the  appropriateness  of  the 
Directors’  conclusions  and,  had  there  been  a  material  uncertainty 
related to going concern, to make reference to that in this audit report. 
However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as 
subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with 
judgements  that  were  reasonable  at  the  time  they  were  made,  the 
absence of reference to a material uncertainty in this auditor's report is 
not  a  guarantee  that  the  group  or  the  company  will  continue  in 
operation.  

Page | 29  

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT, TO THE MEMBERS OF MANX FINANCIAL 
GROUP PLC    

6 Respective responsibilities   
6 Respective responsibilities       
6 Respective responsibilities   
6 Respective responsibilities   
Directors’ responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities                
Directors’ responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 25, the 
Directors  are  responsible  for:  the  preparation  of  the  financial 
statements including being satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view;  such  internal  control  as  they  determine  is  necessary  to 
enable  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  that  are  free  from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the 
Group  and  Parent  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going 
concern,  disclosing,  as  applicable,  matters  related  to  going 
concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
they either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or 
to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.    

Auditor’s responsibilities
Auditor’s responsibilities                
Auditor’s responsibilities
Auditor’s responsibilities
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the  financial  statements  as  a  whole  are  free  from  material 
misstatement,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  and  to  issue  our 
opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high level 
of  assurance,  but  does  not  guarantee  that  an  audit  conducted  in 
ISAs  (UK)  will  always  detect  a  material 
accordance  with 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error  and  are  considered  material  if, individually  or in  aggregate, 
they  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  influence  the  economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.    

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s 
website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 

7  The  purpose  of  our  audit  work  and  to  whom  we  owe  our 
7  The  purpose  of  our  audit  work  and  to  whom  we  owe  our 
7  The  purpose  of  our  audit  work  and  to  whom  we  owe  our 
7  The  purpose  of  our  audit  work  and  to  whom  we  owe  our 
responsibilities   
responsibilities       
responsibilities   
responsibilities   
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance  with  Section  80(c)  of  the  Isle  of  Man  Companies  Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to 
the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to 
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest 
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members, as 
a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have 
formed.   

KPMG Audit LLC     
KPMG Audit LLC 
KPMG Audit LLC 
KPMG Audit LLC 
Chartered Accountants  
Heritage Court  
41 Athol Street 
Douglas  
Isle of Man IM99 1HN  

29 June 2020 

Page | 30  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

For the year ended 31 December     

Notes 

Interest income  
Interest expense 

Net interest income    
Net interest income
Net interest income
Net interest income

Fee and commission income    
Fee and commission expense    

trading income    
Net Net Net Net trading income
trading income
trading income

Other operating income 
Loss on trading asset 
Realised gains on debt securities 
Terminal funding 

Operating income    
Operating income
Operating income
Operating income

Personnel expenses  
Other expenses 
Impairment on loans and advances to customers 
Depreciation 
Amortisation and impairment of intangibles 
Share of profit of equity accounted investees, net of tax 
VAT recovery 

Profit before tax payable    
Profit before tax payable
Profit before tax payable
Profit before tax payable

Income tax expense 

Profit for the year     
Profit for the year 
Profit for the year 
Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income:     
Other comprehensive income:
Other comprehensive income:
Other comprehensive income:

Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss
Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss        
Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss
Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss
Unrealised gains on debt securities 

Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss
Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss    
Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss
Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss
Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension scheme taken to equity 

Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to owners     
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to owners 
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to owners 
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to owners 

Earnings per share 
year 
Profit for the year
Earnings per share ––––    Profit for the 
year
year
Profit for the 
Profit for the 
Earnings per share 
Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share (pence) 
Diluted earnings per share (pence) 

Earnings per share 
for the year 
Total comprehensive income    for the year
Earnings per share ––––    Total comprehensive income
for the year
for the year
Total comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income
Earnings per share 
Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share (pence) 
Diluted earnings per share (pence) 

The notes on pages 38 to 80 form part of these financial statements.  

The Directors believe that all results derive from continuing activities. 

10 

11 
11 

21 
20 
12 

13 
14 
15  
24 
25 
32 
23 

16 

17 

20 

30 

18 
18 

18 
18 

2012012012019999    
£000    
£000
£000£000

22,320
22,320    
22,320
22,320
(4,391)    
(4,391)
(4,391)
(4,391)

2018 
£000 

19,115 
(3,547) 

17,929    
17,929
17,929
17,929

15,568 

3,796
3,796    
3,796
3,796
(5,(5,(5,(5,426426426426))))    

3,371 
(6,109) 

16,299    
16,299
16,299
16,299

12,830 

308308308308    
(1)(1)(1)(1)    
179179179179    
80808080    

131 
(4) 
135 
74 

16,865    
16,865
16,865
16,865

13,166 

(6,7(6,7(6,7(6,762626262))))    
(4,1(4,1(4,1(4,135353535))))    
((((1,91,91,91,900000000))))    
(638)    
(638)
(638)
(638)
((((430430430430))))    
124124124124    
(101)    
(101)
(101)
(101)

3,03,03,03,023232323    

((((333350505050))))    

2,2,2,2,673673673673    

(5,703) 
(3,465) 
(857) 
(184) 
(396) 
30 
119 

2,710 

(243) 

2,467 

51515151    

44 

(1(1(1(128282828))))    

(50) 

2,2,2,2,596596596596    

2,461 

2.02.02.02.04444    
1.61.61.61.66666    

1.981.981.981.98    
1.61.61.61.62222    

1.88 
1.54 

1.88 
1.54 

Page | 31  

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
  
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

COMPANY STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

For the year ended 31 December     

Notes 

Dividend income 
Interest income 

Operating income    
Operating income
Operating income
Operating income

Personnel expenses    
Administration expenses 
Depreciation expense    

Profit before tax payable    
Profit before tax payable
Profit before tax payable
Profit before tax payable

Tax payable 

Profit for the year     
Profit for the year 
Profit for the year 
Profit for the year 

the year    
Total comprehensive income for the year
Total comprehensive income for 
the year
the year
Total comprehensive income for 
Total comprehensive income for 

The notes on pages 38 to 80 form part of these financial statements.  

The Directors believe that all results derive from continuing activities. 

16 

2012012012019999    
£000    
£000
£000£000

1,466
1,466    
1,466
1,466
564564564564    

2,030    
2,030
2,030
2,030

(14(14(14(146666))))    
(100)    
(100)
(100)
(100)
(101)    
(101)
(101)
(101)

1,683    
1,683
1,683
1,683

----    

1,683    
1,683
1,683
1,683

1,683    
1,683
1,683
1,683

2018 
£000 

- 
466 

466 

(177) 
(132) 
(41) 

116 

- 

116 

116 

Page | 32  

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 

As at 31 December     

Notes 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000 

2018 
£000 

Assets
Assets    
Assets
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Debt securities 
Trading asset 
Loans and advances to customers 
Trade and other receivables 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Goodwill 
Investment in associates 

Total assets    
Total assets
Total assets
Total assets

Liabilities    
Liabilities
Liabilities
Liabilities
Deposits from customers 
Creditors and accrued charges 
Contingent consideration 
Block creditors 
Loan notes 
Pension liability 
Deferred tax liability 

Total liabilities    
Total liabilities
Total liabilities
Total liabilities

Equity    
Equity
Equity
Equity
Called up share capital 
Profit and loss account 

Total equity    
Total equity
Total equity
Total equity

Total liabilities and equity    
Total liabilities and equity
Total liabilities and equity
Total liabilities and equity

19 
20 
21  
22 
23 
24 
25 
32 
32 

26 
27 
32 
28 
29 
30 
17 

31 

14,620
14,620 
14,620
14,620
46,792
46,792 
46,792
46,792
19191919 
179,370370370370 
179,
179,179,
2,2,2,2,478478478478 
3,299
3,299 
3,299
3,299
2,293
2,293 
2,293
2,293
3,73,73,73,734343434 
282282282282 

252,888888887777 
252,
252,252,

209,933
209,933 
209,933
209,933
2,92,92,92,972727272 
863863863863    
---- 
15,971 
15,971
15,971
15,971
688688688688 
141141141141 

230,555568686868 
230,
230,230,

20,732222 
20,73
20,73
20,73
1,1,1,1,587587587587 

22,322,322,322,319191919 

9,753 
30,534 
20 
148,278 
2,491 
1,384 
1,952 
2,344 
158 

196,914 

158,500 
2,010 
- 
138 
15,871 
584 
88 

177,191 

20,732 
(1,009) 

19,723 

252,888888887777 
252,
252,252,

196,914 

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 29 June 2020 and signed on its behalf by: 

Jim Mellon
Jim Mellon    
Jim Mellon
Jim Mellon
Executive Chairman 

Denham Eke
Denham Eke    
Denham Eke
Denham Eke
Chief Executive Officer 

Douglas Grant
Douglas Grant    
Douglas Grant
Douglas Grant
Group Finance Director 

The notes on pages 38 to 80 form part of these financial statements. 

Page | 33  

 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 

As at 31 December     

Notes 

Assets
Assets    
Assets
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Amounts due from Group undertakings 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Investment in Group undertakings 
Subordinated loans 

Total assets    
Total assets
Total assets
Total assets

Liabilities
Liabilities    
Liabilities
Liabilities
Creditors and accrued charges 
Amounts due to Group undertakings 
Loan notes 

Total liabilities    
Total liabilities
Total liabilities
Total liabilities

Equity
Equity    
Equity
Equity
Called up share capital 
Profit and loss account 

Total equity    
Total equity
Total equity
Total equity

Total liabilities and equity    
Total liabilities and equity
Total liabilities and equity
Total liabilities and equity

19 
23 
32 
24 

32 
32 

27 
32 
29 

31 

The notes on pages 38 to 80 form part of these financial statements.  

2012012012019999    
££££000000000000 

119119119119    
231231231231    
1,016    
1,016
1,016
1,016
450450450450    
7777    
17,822
17,822    
17,822
17,822
7,778    
7,778
7,778
7,778

27,423    
27,423
27,423
27,423

575575575575    
775775775775    
15,971    
15,971
15,971
15,971

17,321    
17,321
17,321
17,321

2018 
£000 

1,646 
32 
- 
126 
- 
16,172 
7,778 

25,754 

94 
1,370 
15,871 

17,335 

20,732    
20,732
20,732
20,732
(10,630)    
(10,630)
(10,630)
(10,630)

10,102    
10,102
10,102
10,102

27,423    
27,423
27,423
27,423

20,732 
(12,313) 

8,419 

25,754 

Page | 34  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

GroupGroupGroupGroup    

Balance as at 1 January 2018 

Profit for the year  
Other comprehensive income 

Transactions with owners 

Balance as at 31 December 2018 

Profit for the year    
Profit for the year
Profit for the year
Profit for the year

income    
Other comprehensive income
Other comprehensive 
income
income
Other comprehensive 
Other comprehensive 

Transactions with owners    
Transactions with owners
Transactions with owners
Transactions with owners

Balance as at 31 December 2019999    
Balance as at 31 December 201
Balance as at 31 December 201
Balance as at 31 December 201

Share 
Share 
Share 
Share 
capital
capital    
capital
capital
££££000000000000    

20,732 

- 
- 

- 

20,732 

----    

----    

----    

Profit and 
Profit and 
Profit and 
Profit and 
loss account
loss account    
loss account
loss account
££££000000000000    

(3,470) 

2,467 
(6) 

- 

(1,009) 

2,2,2,2,673673673673    

((((77777777))))    

----    

Total 
Total     
Total 
Total 
equity
equity    
equity
equity
£000 
£000
£000£000

17,262 

2,467 
(6) 

- 

19,723 

2,673    
2,673
2,673
2,673

(77)    
(77)
(77)
(77)

----    

20,732    
20,732
20,732
20,732

1,587    
1,587
1,587
1,587

22,319    
22,319
22,319
22,319

*  The  Group  has  initially  applied  IFRS  16  at  1  January  2019,  using  the  modified  retrospective  approach.  Under  this  approach, 
comparative information is not restated and the cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 16 is recognised in retained earnings at 
the date of initial application. See Note 5 for further details. 

Company    
Company
Company
Company

Balance as at 1 January 2018 

Profit for the year 

Transactions with owners 

Balance as at 31 December 2018 

Profit for the year    
Profit for the year
Profit for the year
Profit for the year

Transactions with owners    
Transactions with owners
Transactions with owners
Transactions with owners

December 2019999    
Balance as at 31 December 201
Balance as at 31 
December 201
December 201
Balance as at 31 
Balance as at 31 

The notes on pages 38 to 80 form part of these financial statements. 

Share 
Share 
Share 
Share 
Capital
Capital    
Capital
Capital
££££000000000000    

Profit and 
Profit and 
Profit and 
Profit and 
loss account
loss account    
loss account
loss account
££££000000000000    

20,732 

(12,429) 

- 

- 

116 

- 

20,732 

(12,313) 

----    

----    

1,683    
1,683
1,683
1,683

----    

Total 
Total     
Total 
Total 
equity
equity    
equity
equity
££££000000000000 

8,303 

116 

- 

8,419 

1,683    
1,683
1,683
1,683

----    

20,732    
20,732
20,732
20,732

(10,630)    
(10,630)
(10,630)
(10,630)

10,102    
10,102
10,102
10,102

Page | 35  

 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

For the year ended 31 December 

RECONCILIATION OF PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION TO OPERATING CASH FLOWS    
RECONCILIATION OF PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION TO OPERATING CASH FLOWS
RECONCILIATION OF PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION TO OPERATING CASH FLOWS
RECONCILIATION OF PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION TO OPERATING CASH FLOWS

Profit before tax 

Adjustments for: 
Depreciation 
Amortisation and impairment of intangibles 
Realised gains on debt securities 
Share of profit of equity accounted investees 
Contingent consideration interest expense 
Pension charge included in personnel costs 

Changes in: 
Trading asset 
Trade and other receivables 
Creditors and accrued charges 

Net cash flow from trading activities 
Changes in: 
Loans and advances to customers 
Deposits from customers 
Pension contribution 

from operating activities 
(outflow)    from operating activities
Cash inflow    / / / / (outflow)
Cash inflow
from operating activities
from operating activities
(outflow)
(outflow)
Cash inflow
Cash inflow

CASH FLOW STATEMENT    
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
CASH FLOW STATEMENT

Cash 
from operating activities    
Cash from operating activities
from operating activities
from operating activities
Cash 
Cash 
Cash inflow / (outflow) from operating activities    
Income taxes paid    

from operating activities 
(outflow) from operating activities
inflow    / / / / (outflow) 
Net cash inflow
Net cash 
from operating activities
from operating activities
(outflow) 
(outflow) 
inflow
inflow
Net cash 
Net cash 

investing activities    
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash flows from 
investing activities
investing activities
Cash flows from 
Cash flows from 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of intangible assets 
Sale of tangible fixed assets 
Acquisition of subsidiary or associate, net of cash acquired 
(Sale) / purchase of debt securities  

from investing activities    
/ inflow    from investing activities
outflow)    / inflow
Net cash ((((outflow)
Net cash 
from investing activities
from investing activities
/ inflow
/ inflow
outflow)
outflow)
Net cash 
Net cash 

Cash flows from financing activities
Cash flows from financing activities    
Cash flows from financing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Receipt of loan notes 
Payment of lease liabilities (capital) 
Decrease in borrowings from block creditors 

inflow from financing activities    
(outflow) / inflow from financing activities
Net cash (outflow) / 
Net cash 
inflow from financing activities
inflow from financing activities
(outflow) / 
(outflow) / 
Net cash 
Net cash 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents    
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January  

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December    
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

Included in cash flows are:     
Included in cash flows are: 
Included in cash flows are: 
Included in cash flows are: 
Interest received – cash amounts 
Interest paid – cash amounts 

The notes on pages 38 to 80 form part of these financial statements.  

Notes 

2012012012019999    
£000 
£000
£000£000

2018 
£000 

3,03,03,03,023232323    

2,710 

24 
25 
20 
32 
32 
30 

21 

30 

24 
25 
24 
32 
20 

29 
5 
28 

638638638638    
430430430430    
(1(1(1(179797979))))    
((((124124124124))))    
88888888    
17171717    

3,3,3,3,893893893893    

1111    
118118118118    
141414144444    

4,156    
4,156
4,156
4,156

(3(3(3(31111,,,,000092)92)92)92)    
51,433    
51,433
51,433
51,433
((((41414141))))    

24,424,424,424,456565656    

24,424,424,424,456565656    
((((379379379379))))    

4,077    
22224,077
4,077
4,077

1,634))))    
((((1,634
1,634
1,634
((((132132132132))))    
107107107107    
((((1,31,31,31,337373737))))    
16,028))))    
((((16,028
16,028
16,028

(19,024242424))))    
(19,0
(19,0
(19,0

100100100100    
(1(1(1(148484848))))    
((((138138138138))))    

((((186186186186))))    

4,867    
4,867
4,867
4,867

9,753    
9,753
9,753
9,753

14,620    
14,620
14,620
14,620

21,421,421,421,441414141    
(4,251)    
(4,251)
(4,251)
(4,251)

184 
396 
(135) 
(30) 
- 
15 

3,140 

4 
(583) 
(1,169) 

1,392 

(25,732) 
16,228 
(41) 

(8,153) 

(8,153) 
(182) 

(8,335) 

(1,118) 
(629) 
- 
(90) 
3,917 

2,080 

6,876 
- 
(613) 

6,263 

8 

9,745 

9,753 

18,362 
(3,434) 

Page | 36  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS  

For the year ended 31 December 

RECONCILIATION OF PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION TO OPERATING CASH FLOWS    
RECONCILIATION OF PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION TO OPERATING CASH FLOWS
RECONCILIATION OF PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION TO OPERATING CASH FLOWS
RECONCILIATION OF PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION TO OPERATING CASH FLOWS

Notes 

2012012012019999    
£000 
£000
£000£000

2018 
£000 

Profit before tax 

Adjustments for: 
Depreciation 
Dividend declared 

Changes in: 
Amounts due from group undertakings 
Trade and other receivables 
Creditors and accrued charges 
Amounts due to group undertakings 

Cash outflow from operating activities  

CASH FLOW STATEMENT    
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
CASH FLOW STATEMENT

Cash from operating activities
Cash from operating activities    
Cash from operating activities
Cash from operating activities
Cash outflow from operating activities 
Income taxes paid    

outflow from operating activities    
Net cash outflow from operating activities
Net cash 
outflow from operating activities
outflow from operating activities
Net cash 
Net cash 

Cash flows from investing activities
Cash flows from investing activities    
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Dividend received 
Increase in investment in group undertakings 
Issue of subordinated loans 
Purchase of intangible assets 

Net cash outflow from investing activities    
Net cash outflow from investing activities
Net cash outflow from investing activities
Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Cash flows from financing activities    
Cash flows from financing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Receipt of loan notes 
Payment of finance lease liability 

Net cash inflow from financing activities    
Net cash inflow from financing activities
Net cash inflow from financing activities
Net cash inflow from financing activities

increase in cash and cash equivalents    
(decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents
Net Net Net Net (decrease) / 
increase in cash and cash equivalents
increase in cash and cash equivalents
(decrease) / 
(decrease) / 

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January  

equivalents at 31 December    
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December
Cash and cash 
equivalents at 31 December
equivalents at 31 December
Cash and cash 
Cash and cash 

The notes on pages 38 to 80 form part of these financial statements.  

24 

32 
32 

29 

1,683    
1,683
1,683
1,683

101101101101    
1,466))))    
((((1,466
1,466
1,466

318318318318    

----    
(199)
(199)    
(199)
(199)
98989898    
(595)    
(595)
(595)
(595)

(378)    
(378)
(378)
(378)

(378)
(378)    
(378)
(378)
----    

(378)    
(378)
(378)
(378)

450450450450    
(1,650)
(1,650)    
(1,650)
(1,650)
----    
(7)(7)(7)(7)    

(1,207)    
(1,207)
(1,207)
(1,207)

100100100100    
(42)    
(42)
(42)
(42)

58585858    

(1,527)    
(1,527)
(1,527)
(1,527)

1,646    
1,646
1,646
1,646

119119119119    

116 

41 
- 

157 

16 
(10) 
(45) 
(1,147) 

(1,029) 

(1,029) 
- 

(1,029) 

- 
(2,400) 
(2,000) 
- 

(4,400) 

6,875 
- 

6,875 

1,446 

200 

1,646 

Page | 37  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

1.1.1.1.  Reporting entity
Reporting entity    
Reporting entity
Reporting entity
Manx Financial Group PLC is a company incorporated in the Isle of Man. The consolidated financial statements of Manx Financial 
Group PLC (the “Company”) for the year ended 31 December 2019 comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Group”).  

2.2.2.2.  Basis of 
accounting    
Basis of accounting
accounting
accounting
Basis of 
Basis of 
The  consolidated  and  the  separate  financial  statements  of  the  Company  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International 
Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union  (“EU”)  and  International  Financial  Reporting 
Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) interpretations applicable to companies reporting under IFRS, including International Accounting 
Standards (“IAS”).  

This is the first set of the Group’s annual financial statements in which IFRS 16 Leases has been applied. Changes to significant 
accounting policies are described in Note 5. 

3.3.3.3.  Functional and presentation currency
Functional and presentation currency    
Functional and presentation currency
Functional and presentation currency
These financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the Group’s functional currency. All amounts have been rounded 
to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise indicated. All subsidiaries of the Group have pounds sterling as their functional currency.  

4.4.4.4.  Use of judgements and estimates
Use of judgements and estimates    
Use of judgements and estimates
Use of judgements and estimates
The  preparation  of  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  judgements,  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the 
application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from 
these estimates.  

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the 
period in which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected.  

Assumptions and estimation uncertainties
Assumptions and estimation uncertainties    
Assumptions and estimation uncertainties
Assumptions and estimation uncertainties
Information  about  assumptions  and  estimation  uncertainties  at  year-end  that  have  a  significant  risk  of  resulting  in  a  material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the next financial year is included in the following notes:- 

  Note 23 – measurement of VAT receivable: key assumptions underlying carrying amount; 
  Note 30 – measurement of defined benefit obligations: key actuarial assumptions; 
  Note 25 and 32 – impairment test of intangible assets and goodwill: key assumptions underlying recoverable amounts; and 
  Note  38(G)(vii)  –  measurement  of  Expected  Credit  Loss  (“ECL”)  allowance  for  loans  and  advances  to  customers  and 
assessment of specific impairment allowances where loans are in default or arrears: key assumptions in determining the 
weighted-average loss rate; 

  Note 32 – Measurement of contingent consideration. 

5.5.5.5.  Changes in accounting policies
Changes in accounting policies    
Changes in accounting policies
Changes in accounting policies
Except for the changes below, the Group has consistently applied the accounting policies as set out in Note 38 to all periods presented 
in these financial statements. 

Leaseseseses    
IFRS 16161616    Leas
IFRS 
IFRS 
LeasLeas
IFRS 
The Group has initially adopted IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019. A number of other new standards are effective from 1 January 
2019 but they do not have a material effect on the Group’s financial statements. 

IFRS 16 introduced a single, on-balance sheet accounting model for lessees. As a result, the Group, as a lessee, has recognised 
right-of-use assets representing its rights to use the underlying assets and lease liabilities representing its obligation to make lease 
payments. Lessor accounting remains similar to previous accounting policies. 

The Group has applied IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach, under which the cumulative effect of initial application is 
recognised in retained earnings as at 1 January 2019. Accordingly, the comparative information presented for 2018 has not been 
restated. Therefore it is presented as previously reported under IAS 17 and related interpretations. The details of the changes in 
accounting policies are disclosed below. 

A. Definition of a lease
A. Definition of a lease    
A. Definition of a lease
A. Definition of a lease
Previously, the Group determined at contract inception whether an arrangement was or contained a lease under IFRIC 4 Determining 
Whether an Arrangement contains a Lease. The Group now assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease based on the new 
definition of a lease. Under IFRS 16, a contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys a right to control the use of an identified 
asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.    

On transition to IFRS 16, the Group elected to apply the practical expedient to grandfather the assessment of which transactions are 
leases. It applied IFRS 16 only to contracts that were previously identified as leases. Contracts that were not identified as leases 
under IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 were not reassessed. Therefore, the definition of a lease under IFRS 16 has been applied only to contracts 
entered into or changed on or after 1 January 2019.    

Page | 38  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

5.5.5.5.  Changes in 
(continued)    
accounting policies    (continued)
Changes in accounting policies
(continued)
(continued)
accounting policies
accounting policies
Changes in 
Changes in 
(continued)    
IFRS 16 Leases    (continued)
IFRS 16 Leases
(continued)
(continued)
IFRS 16 Leases
IFRS 16 Leases

B. As a lessee
B. As a lessee        
B. As a lessee
B. As a lessee
The Group leases many assets, including properties and IT equipment. 

As a lessee, the Group previously classified leases as operating or finance leases based on its assessment of whether the lease 
transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership. Under IFRS 16, the Group recognises right-of-use assets and lease 
liabilities for most leases, that is these leases are presented on the Statement of Financial Position. 

However, the Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for some leases of low-value assets. The 
Group recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The 
Group presents right-of-use assets and lease liability separately on the Statement of Financial Position. 

i. Significant accounting policies
i. Significant accounting policies    
i. Significant accounting policies
i. Significant accounting policies
The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially 
measured  at  cost,  and  subsequently  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  impairment  loss  and  adjusted  for  certain 
remeasurements of the lease liability.  

The  lease  liability  is  initially  measured  at  the  present  value of  the  lease  payments  that  are  not  paid  at  the  commencement  date, 
discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing 
rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. 

The lease liability is subsequently increased by the interest cost of the lease liability and decreased by the lease payment made. It is 
remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, a change in the estimate of 
the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, or as appropriate, changes in the assessment of whether a 
purchase or extension option is reasonably certain to be exercised, or a termination option is reasonably certain not to be exercised. 

The Group has applied judgment to determine the lease term for some lease contracts in which it is a lessee that include renewal 
options.  The  assessment  of  whether  the  Group  is  reasonably  certain  to  exercise  such  options  impacts  the  lease  term,  which 
significantly affects the amount of lease liabilities and right-of-use assets recognised. 

iiiii. Impacts on transition
i. Impacts on transition 
i. Impacts on transition
i. Impacts on transition
Previously, the Group classified property leases as operating leases under IAS 17. The leases typically run for a period of 10 years. 
The operating lease commitment relating to these leases at 31 December 2018 as disclosed in the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements was £1,166,000 (see note 34).  

At  transition,  for  leases  classified  as  operating  leases  under  IAS  17,  lease  liabilities  were  measured  at  the  present  value  of  the 
remaining lease payments, discounted at the Group’s incremental borrowing rate as at 1 January 2019. The weighted average rate 
applied is 5.5% per annum. 

Right-of-use assets are measured at an amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of net prepaid and accrued lease 
payments of £118,234. 

The impact on transition is summarised below. 

As at 1 January 2019    
As at 1 January 2019
As at 1 January 2019
As at 1 January 2019

Right-of-use assets 
Net accrued operating lease payments 
Lease liabilities 
Retained earnings 

year    
ii. Impacts for the    year
iiiiii. Impacts for the
year
year
ii. Impacts for the
ii. Impacts for the

RightRightRightRight----ofofofof----use assets
use assets    
use assets
use assets
The carrying amount of right-of-use assets at the end of the year is as follows: 

Balance at 1 January 2019 
Depreciation expense 
Balance at 31 December 2019    
Balance at 31 December 2019
Balance at 31 December 2019
Balance at 31 December 2019

££££000000000000    

737737737737    
118118118118    
(855)
(855)    
(855)
(855)
----    

Property
Property    
Property
Property
££££000000000000    

737737737737    
(165)
(165)    
(165)
(165)
572572572572    

Right-of-use 
assets 
£000 

737 
(165) 
572 

Page | 39  

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

5.5.5.5.  Changes in accounting policies
(continued)    
Changes in accounting policies    (continued)
(continued)
(continued)
Changes in accounting policies
Changes in accounting policies
IFRS 16 Leases
(continued)    
IFRS 16 Leases    (continued)
(continued)
(continued)
IFRS 16 Leases
IFRS 16 Leases
B. As a lessee
(continued)    
B. As a lessee    (continued)
(continued)
(continued)
B. As a lessee
B. As a lessee
year (continued)    
ii. Impacts for the    year (continued)
iiiiii. Impacts for the
year (continued)
year (continued)
ii. Impacts for the
ii. Impacts for the

Lease liability    
Lease liability
Lease liability
Lease liability
The carrying amount of lease liability at the end of the year is as follows:    

Balance at 1 January 2019 
Interest expense 
Rent payment 
Balance at 31 December 2019    
Balance at 31 December 2019
Balance at 31 December 2019
Balance at 31 December 2019

Property
Property    
Property
Property
££££000000000000    

855855855855    
47474747    
(195)
(195)    
(195)
(195)
707707707707    

RightRightRightRight----ofofofof----use use use use 
assets
assets    
assets
assets
££££000000000000    

855855855855    
47474747    
(195)
(195)    
(195)
(195)
707707707707    

The Group has classified cash payments for the principal portion of lease payments as financing activities.  

iv. Exemptions taken
iv. Exemptions taken    
iv. Exemptions taken
iv. Exemptions taken
The Group used the following practical expedients when applying IFRS 16 to leases previously classified as operating leases under 
IAS 17: 

  Applied the exemption not to recognise right-of-use assets and liabilities for leases with less than 12 months of lease term; 

and 

  Exclude initial direct costs from measuring the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application. 

C. As a lessor    
C. As a lessor
C. As a lessor
C. As a lessor

The accounting policies applicable to the Group as a lessor are not different from those under IAS 17.  

The Group is not required to make any adjustments on transition to IFRS 16 for leases in which it acts as a lessor. 

ification of financial assets and financial liabilities    
6. Classification of financial assets and financial liabilities
6. Class
ification of financial assets and financial liabilities
ification of financial assets and financial liabilities
6. Class
6. Class
For description of how the Group classifies financial assets and liabilities, see Note 38(G)(ii). 

The  following  table  provides  reconciliation  between  line  items  in  the  statement  of  financial  position  and  categories  of  financial 
instruments. 

31 December 2019    
31 December 2019
31 December 2019
31 December 2019

Cash and cash equivalents 
Debt securities 
Trading assets 
Loans and advances to customers 
Trade and other receivables 
Total financial assets    
Total financial assets
Total financial assets
Total financial assets

Deposits from customers 
Creditor and accrued charges 
Block creditors 
Loan notes 

Total financial liabilities    
Total financial liabilities
Total financial liabilities
Total financial liabilities

Mandatorily 
Mandatorily 
Mandatorily 
Mandatorily 
at FVTPL
at FVTPL    
at FVTPL
at FVTPL
£000    
£000
£000£000

Designated 
Designated 
Designated 
Designated 
as at FVTPL    
as at FVTPL
as at FVTPL
as at FVTPL

£000    
£000
£000£000

FVOCI ––––    
FVOCI 
FVOCI 
FVOCI 
debt 
debt 
debt 
debt 
instruments
instruments    
instruments
instruments
£000    
£000
£000£000

FVOCI ––––    
FVOCI 
FVOCI 
FVOCI 
equity 
equity 
equity 
equity 
instruments
instruments    
instruments
instruments
£000    
£000
£000£000

----    
----    
19191919    
----    
----    
19191919    

----    
----    
----    
----    

----    

----    
----    
----    
----    
----    
----    

----    
----    
----    
----    

----    

----    
46,792
46,792    
46,792
46,792
----    
----    
----    
46,792    
46,792
46,792
46,792

----    
----    
----    
----    

----    

----    
----    
----    
----    
----    
----    

----    
----    
----    
----    

----    

Amortised 
Amortised 
Amortised 
Amortised 
cost
cost    
cost
cost
£000    
£000
£000£000

14,620    
14,620
14,620
14,620
----    
----    
179,333370707070    
179,
179,179,
2,2,2,2,444477778888    
196,468888    
196,46
196,46
196,46

209,933
209,933    
209,933
209,933
2,2,2,2,972972972972    
----    
15,971    
15,971
15,971
15,971

Total 
Total 
Total 
Total 
carrying 
carrying 
carrying 
carrying 
amount
amount    
amount
amount
£000    
£000
£000£000

14,620    
14,620
14,620
14,620
46,792
46,792    
46,792
46,792
19191919    
179,333370707070    
179,
179,179,
2,2,2,2,444477778888    
243,279797979    
243,2
243,2
243,2

209,933
209,933    
209,933
209,933
2,2,2,2,972972972972    
----    
15,971    
15,971
15,971
15,971

228,876876876876    
228,
228,228,

228,876876876876    
228,
228,228,

Page | 40  

 
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

(continued)    
6. Classification of financial assets and financial liabilities    (continued)
6. Classification of financial assets and financial liabilities
(continued)
(continued)
6. Classification of financial assets and financial liabilities
6. Classification of financial assets and financial liabilities

31 December 2018 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Debt securities 
Trading assets 
Loans and advances to customers 
Trade and other receivables 
Total financial assets 

Deposits from customers 
Creditor and accrued charges 
Block creditors 
Loan notes 

Total financial liabilities 

Mandatorily 
at FVTPL 
£000 

Designated 
as at FVTPL 
£000 

FVOCI – debt 
instruments 
£000 

FVOCI – 
equity 
instruments 
£000 

Amortised 
cost 
£000 

- 
- 
20 
- 
- 
20 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
30,534 
- 
- 
- 
30,534 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

9,753 
- 
- 
148,278 
2,491 
160,522 

158,500 
2,010 
138 
15,871 

176,519 

176,519 

Total 
carrying 
amount 
£000 

9,753 
30,534 
20 
148,278 
2,491 
191,076 

158,500 
2,010 
138 
15,871 

7. Fair value of financial instruments    
7. Fair value of financial instruments
7. Fair value of financial instruments
7. Fair value of financial instruments
For description of the Group’s fair value measurement accounting policy, see Note 38(G)(vi). 

The following table analyses financial instruments measured at fair value at the reporting date, by the level in the fair value hierarchy 
into which the fair value measurement is categorised. The amounts are based on the values recognised in the statement of financial 
position. 

31 December 2019    
31 December 2019
31 December 2019
31 December 2019

Debt securities 
Trading assets 

31 December 2018 

Debt securities 
Trading assets 

Level 1
Level 1    
Level 1
Level 1
££££000000000000    

46,792    
46,792
46,792
46,792
19191919    
46,811    
46,811
46,811
46,811

Level 1 
£000 

30,534 
20 

30,554 

Level 2
Level 2    
Level 2
Level 2
££££000000000000    

Level 3
Level 3    
Level 3
Level 3
££££000000000000    

----    
----    
----    

----    
----    
----    

Level 2 
£000 

Level 3 
£000 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

Total
Total    
Total
Total
££££000000000000    

46,792    
46,792
46,792
46,792
19191919    
46,811    
46,811
46,811
46,811

Total 
£000 

30,534 
20 

30,554 

Page | 41  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

(continued) 
7. Fair value of financial instruments    (continued)
7. Fair value of financial instruments
(continued)
(continued)
7. Fair value of financial instruments
7. Fair value of financial instruments

Financial instruments not measured at fair value
Financial instruments not measured at fair value    
Financial instruments not measured at fair value
Financial instruments not measured at fair value
The following table sets out the fair values of financial instruments not measured at fair value and analyses them by the level in the 
fair value hierarchy into which each fair value measurement is categorised:  

31 December 2019    
31 December 2019
31 December 2019
31 December 2019

Assets    
Assets
Assets
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Loans and advances to customers 
Trade and other receivables 
Investment in associate 

Liabilities
Liabilities    
Liabilities
Liabilities
Deposits from customers 
Creditors and accrued charges 
Block creditors 
Loan notes 

31 December 2018 

Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Loans and advances to customers 
Trade and other receivables 
Investment in associate 

Liabilities 
Deposits from customers 
Creditors and accrued charges 
Block creditors 
Loan notes 

Level 1
Level 1    
Level 1
Level 1
££££000000000000    

Level 2
Level 2    
Level 2
Level 2
££££000000000000    

Level 3
Level 3    
Level 3
Level 3
££££000000000000    

----    
----    
----    
----    
----    

----    
----    
----    
----    
----    

14,620
14,620    
14,620
14,620
----    
----    
----    
14,620    
14,620
14,620
14,620

209,933
209,933    
209,933
209,933
----    
----    
----    
209,933    
209,933
209,933
209,933

----    
179,333370707070    
179,
179,179,
2,2,2,2,444477778888    
282282282282    
182,130    
182,130
182,130
182,130

----    
2,972    
2,972
2,972
2,972
----    
15,971
15,971    
15,971
15,971
18,943    
18,943
18,943
18,943

Level 1 
£000 

Level 2 
£000 

Level 3 
£000 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

9,753 
- 
- 
- 

9,753 

158,500 
- 
- 
- 
158,500 

- 
148,278 
2,491 
158 

150,927 

- 
2,010 
138 
15,871 
18,019 

Total fair 
Total fair 
Total fair 
Total fair 
values
values    
values
values
££££000000000000    

14,620
14,620    
14,620
14,620
179,333370707070    
179,
179,179,
2,2,2,2,444477778888    
282282282282    
196,750    
196,750
196,750
196,750

209,933
209,933    
209,933
209,933
2,972    
2,972
2,972
2,972
----    
15,971
15,971    
15,971
15,971
228,876    
228,876
228,876
228,876

Total fair 
values 
£000 

9,753 
148,278 
2,491 
158 

160,680 

158,500 
2,010 
138 
15,871 
176,519 

Total 
Total 
Total 
Total 
carrying 
carrying 
carrying 
carrying 
amount
amount    
amount
amount
££££000000000000    

14,620
14,620    
14,620
14,620
179,333370707070    
179,
179,179,
2,2,2,2,444477778888    
282282282282    
196,750    
196,750
196,750
196,750

209,933
209,933    
209,933
209,933
2,972    
2,972
2,972
2,972
----    
15,971
15,971    
15,971
15,971
228,876    
228,876
228,876
228,876

Total 
carrying 
amount 
£000 

9,753 
148,278 
2,491 
158 

160,680 

158,500 
2,010 
138 
15,871 
176,519 

The fair value of loans and advances is estimated using valuation models, such as discounted cash flow techniques. Input into the 
valuation  techniques  includes expected  lifetime credit  losses,  interest  rates,  prepayment  rates.  For  collateral-dependent  impaired 
loans, the fair value is measured based on the value of the underlying collateral. Input into the models may include data from third 
party brokers  based on over-the-counter  trading  activity, and  information  obtained  from  other  market  participants,  which  includes 
observed primary and secondary transactions.  

Page | 42  

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

8. Financial risk review    
8. Financial risk review
8. Financial risk review
8. Financial risk review

Risk management
Risk management    
Risk management
Risk management
This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to financial risks and the Group’s management of capital. For information 
on the Group’s financial risk management framework, see Note 36.  

A. Credit risk
A. Credit risk    
A. Credit risk
A. Credit risk
For definition of credit risk and information on how credit risk is mitigated by the Group, see Note 36. 

i. Credit quality analysis
i. Credit quality analysis    
i. Credit quality analysis
i. Credit quality analysis
Loans and advances to customers    
Loans and advances to customers
Loans and advances to customers
Loans and advances to customers
Explanation of the terms ‘Stage 1’, ‘Stage 2’ and ‘Stage 3’ is included in Note 38 (G)(vii). 

An analysis of the credit risk on loans and advances to customers is as follows: 

Grade A 
Grade B 
Grade C 

Gross value 

Allowance for impairment 
Carrying value 

Stage 1
Stage 1    
Stage 1
Stage 1
£000    
£000
£000£000

168,796
168,796    
168,796
168,796
1,143
1,143    
1,143
1,143
----    

169,939    
169,939
169,939
169,939

(116)
(116)    
(116)
(116)
169,823    
169,823
169,823
169,823

Stage 2
Stage 2    
Stage 2
Stage 2
£000    
£000
£000£000

----    
1,675
1,675    
1,675
1,675
1,985    
1,985
1,985
1,985

3,660    
3,660
3,660
3,660

(467)    
(467)
(467)
(467)
3,193    
3,193
3,193
3,193

Stage 3
Stage 3    
Stage 3
Stage 3
£000    
£000
£000£000

----    
----    
10,544    
10,544
10,544
10,544

2012012012019999    
£000    
£000
£000£000

168,796
168,796    
168,796
168,796
2,818
2,818    
2,818
2,818
12,529    
12,529
12,529
12,529

2018 
£000 

139,695 
6,153 
5,824 

10,544    
10,544
10,544
10,544

184,143    
184,143
184,143
184,143

151,672 

(4,(4,(4,(4,111190)90)90)90)    
6,6,6,6,333354545454    

(4,(4,(4,(4,777773)73)73)73)    
179,333370707070    
179,
179,179,

(3,394) 
148,278 

Loans are graded A to C depending on the level of risk. Grade C relates to agreements with the highest of risk, Grade B with medium 
risk and Grade A relates to agreements with the lowest risk.  

The following table sets out information about the overdue status of loans and advances to customers in Stage 1, 2 and 3: 

31 December  

Current 
Overdue < 30 days 
Overdue > 30 days 

Stage 1
Stage 1    
Stage 1
Stage 1
£000    
£000
£000£000

145,373
145,373    
145,373
145,373
24,259    
24,259
24,259
24,259
307307307307    

Stage 2
Stage 2    
Stage 2
Stage 2
£000    
£000
£000£000

----    
----    
3,660    
3,660
3,660
3,660

Stage 3
Stage 3    
Stage 3
Stage 3
£000    
£000
£000£000

----    
----    
10,544    
10,544
10,544
10,544

2019
2019    
20192019
£000    
£000
£000£000

145,373
145,373    
145,373
145,373
24,259    
24,259
24,259
24,259
14,511    
14,511
14,511
14,511

2018 
£000 

137,196 
2,499 
11,977 

151,672 
For  Stage  3  loans  and  advances  that  are  overdue  for  more  than  30  days,  the  Bank  considers  to  hold  collateral  with  a  value  of 
£8,706,600 (2018: £6,946,660)  representing security cover of 60 % (2018: 58%)    

169,939    
169,939
169,939
169,939

184,143    
184,143
184,143
184,143

10,544    
10,544
10,544
10,544

3,660    
3,660
3,660
3,660

Page | 43  

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

8. Financial risk review (continued)    
8. Financial risk review (continued)
8. Financial risk review (continued)
8. Financial risk review (continued)
Risk management (continued)
Risk management (continued)    
Risk management (continued)
Risk management (continued)
A. A. A. A. Credit risk (continued)
Credit risk (continued)    
Credit risk (continued)
Credit risk (continued)
i. Credit quality analysis (continued)    
i. Credit quality analysis (continued)
i. Credit quality analysis (continued)
i. Credit quality analysis (continued)

ash and cash equivalents    
Debt securities, ccccash and cash equivalents
Debt securities, 
ash and cash equivalents
ash and cash equivalents
Debt securities, 
Debt securities, 
The following table sets out the credit quality of liquid assets:  

Government bonds and treasury bills    
Government bonds and treasury bills
Government bonds and treasury bills
Government bonds and treasury bills
Rated A to A+ 

Floating rate notes
Floating rate notes    
Floating rate notes
Floating rate notes
Rated A to A+ 

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents    
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents
Rated A to A+ 

2019
2019    
20192019
£000    
£000
£000£000

2018 
£000 

44,690    
44,690
44,690
44,690

30,534 

2,102    
2,102
2,102
2,102

- 

14,620    
14,620
14,620
14,620

61,412    
61,412
61,412
61,412

9,753 

40,287 

The analysis has been based on Standard & Poor’s ratings. 

ii. Collateral and other credit 
enhancements    
ii. Collateral and other credit enhancements
enhancements
enhancements
ii. Collateral and other credit 
ii. Collateral and other credit 
The Group holds collateral in the form of the underlying assets (typically private and commercial vehicles, plant and machinery) to 
loan arrangements as security for HP, finances leases, vehicle stocking plans, block discounting, wholesale funding arrangements, 
integrated wholesale funding arrangements and secured commercial loan balances, which are sub-categories of loans and advances 
to customers. In addition, the commission share schemes have an element of capital indemnified.  During 2019, 25.5% of loans and 
advances fell into this category (2018: 37.9%).   

Estimates of fair value are based on the value of collateral assessed at the time of borrowing, and generally are not updated except 
when  a  loan  is  individually  assessed  as  impaired.  At  the  time  of  granting  credit  within  the  sub-categories  listed  above,  the  loan 
balances due are secured over the underlying assets held as collateral.  

iii. Amounts arising from ECL    
iii. Amounts arising from ECL
iii. Amounts arising from ECL
iii. Amounts arising from ECL
See accounting policy in Note 38(G)(vii). 

IFRS 9 significantly overhauled the requirements and methodology used to assess credit impairments by transitioning to a forward-
looking  approach  based  on  an  expected  credit  loss  model.    The  new  impairment  model  applies  to  financial  assets  measured  at 
amortised cost, contract assets and debt investments at FVOCI, but not to investments in equity instruments.  Under IFRS 9, credit 
losses are recognised earlier than under IAS 39 – Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. 

After a detailed review, the Group devised and implemented an impairment methodology in light of the IFRS 9 requirements outlined 
above noting the following: 

  A  Significant  Increase  in  Credit  Risk  (“SICR”)  is  always deemed  to  occur  when  the  borrower  is  30  days  past  due  on  its 
contractual  payments.    If  the  Group  becomes  aware  ahead  of  this  time  of  non-compliance  or  financial  difficulties  of  the 
borrower, such as loss of employment, avoiding contact with the Group then a SICR has also deemed to occur.  

Page | 44  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

8. Financial risk review (continued)    
8. Financial risk review (continued)
8. Financial risk review (continued)
8. Financial risk review (continued)
Risk Risk Risk Risk management (continued)
management (continued)    
management (continued)
management (continued)
A. Credit risk (continued)    
A. Credit risk (continued)
A. Credit risk (continued)
A. Credit risk (continued)

iii. Amounts arising from ECL (continued)    
iii. Amounts arising from ECL (continued)
iii. Amounts arising from ECL (continued)
iii. Amounts arising from ECL (continued)

  A receivable is always deemed to be in default and credit-impaired when the borrower is 90 days past due on its contractual 
payments  or  earlier  if  the  Group  becomes  aware  of  severe  financial  difficulties  such  as  bankruptcy,  individual  voluntary 
arragements, abscond or disappearance, fraudulent activity or other similar events.  

  The  ECL  was  derived  by  reviewing  the  Group’s  loss  rate  and  loss-given-default  over  the  past  8  years  by  product  and 

geographical segment. 

  The Group has assumed that the future economic conditions will broadly mirror the current environment and therefore the 

forecasted loss levels in the next 3 years will match the Group’s experience in recent years. 

  For  portfolios  where  the  Group  has  never  had  a  default  in  its  history  or  has  robust  credit  enhancements  such  as  credit 

insurance or default indemnities for the entire portfolio, then no IFRS 9 provision is made.   

  If the Group holds objective evidence through specifically assessing a credit-impaired receivable and believes it will go on 
to completely recover the debt due to the collateral held and cooperation with the borrower, then no IFRS 9 provision is 
made. 

There have been no significant changes to ECL assumptions from prior year. 

iiiiv. Concentration of credit risk
v. Concentration of credit risk    
v. Concentration of credit risk
v. Concentration of credit risk
Geographical 
Lending is restricted to individuals and entities with Isle of Man, UK or Channel Islands addresses.  

Segmental 
The Bank is exposed to credit risk with regard to customer loan accounts, comprising HP and finance lease balances, unsecured 
personal loans, secured commercial loans, block discounting, vehicle stocking plan loans and wholesale funding agreements.  In 
addition, the Bank lends via significant introducers into the UK.  There was no introducer that accounted for more than 20% of the 
Bank’s total lending portfolio at the end of 31 December 2019 (2018: one introducer). 

B. Liquidity risk
B. Liquidity risk    
B. Liquidity risk
B. Liquidity risk
For the definition of liquidity risk and information on how liquidity risk is manged by the Group, see Note 36. 

i. Exposure to liquidity risk
i. Exposure to liquidity risk    
i. Exposure to liquidity risk
i. Exposure to liquidity risk
The key measure used by the Group for managing liquidity risk is the ratio of net liquid assets to deposits from customers and short-
term funding. For this purpose, net liquid assets includes cash and cash equivalents and investment-grade debt securities for which 
there is an active and liquid market. 

Details of the reported Group ratio of net liquid assets to deposits from customers at the reporting date and during the reporting year 
were as follows: 

At 31 December  
Average for the year 
Maximum for the year 
Minimum for the year 

2012012012019999    

29%29%29%29%    
23%23%23%23%    
29%29%29%29%    
19%19%19%19%    

2018 

25% 
32% 
40% 
25% 

Page | 45  

 
 
 
    
    
 
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

8. Financial risk review (continued)    
8. Financial risk review (continued)
8. Financial risk review (continued)
8. Financial risk review (continued)
Risk management (continued)
Risk management (continued)    
Risk management (continued)
Risk management (continued)
B. Liquidity risk (continued) 
B. Liquidity risk (continued)
B. Liquidity risk (continued)
B. Liquidity risk (continued)

ii. Maturity analysis for financial 
liabilities and financial assets    
ii. Maturity analysis for financial liabilities and financial assets
liabilities and financial assets
liabilities and financial assets
ii. Maturity analysis for financial 
ii. Maturity analysis for financial 
The table below shows the Group’s financial liabilities classified by their earliest possible contractual maturity, on an undiscounted 
basis including interest due at the end of the deposit term. Based on historical data, the Group’s expected actual cash flow from these 
items vary from this analysis due to the expected re-investment of maturing customer deposits.  

Residual contractual maturities of financial liabilities as at the reporting date (undiscounted)    
Residual contractual maturities of financial liabilities as at the reporting date (undiscounted)
Residual contractual maturities of financial liabilities as at the reporting date (undiscounted)
Residual contractual maturities of financial liabilities as at the reporting date (undiscounted)

2019    
31 December 2019
31 December 
20192019
31 December 
31 December 

Deposits from 
customers 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities    
Total liabilities
Total liabilities
Total liabilities

Sight----
Sight
SightSight
8 days
8 days
8 days
8 days

££££000000000000     

>8 days    
>8 days
>8 days
>8 days
----    1 month
1 month    
1 month
1 month
££££000000000000    

>1 month     
>1 month 
>1 month 
>1 month 
----    3 months
3 months    
3 months
3 months
££££000000000000    

>3 months    
>3 months
>3 months
>3 months
----    6 months
6 months    
6 months
6 months
££££000000000000    

>6 months    
>6 months
>6 months
>6 months
----    1 year
1 year    
1 year
1 year
££££000000000000    

>1 year
>1 year
>1 year
>1 year
----    3 years
3 years
3 years
3 years
££££000000000000

>3 years    
>3 years
>3 years
>3 years
----    5 years
5 years    
5 years
5 years
££££000000000000    

>5 years
>5 years    
>5 years
>5 years
££££000000000000    

Total
Total    
Total
Total
££££000000000000    

2,900    
2,900
2,900
2,900
5,212    
5,212
5,212
5,212

8,112    
8,112
8,112
8,112

5,127    
5,127
5,127
5,127
----    

5,127    
5,127
5,127
5,127

19,670    
19,670
19,670
19,670
4,765    
4,765
4,765
4,765

24,435    
24,435
24,435
24,435

40,315    
40,315
40,315
40,315
16161616    

40,331    
40,331
40,331
40,331

43,792    
43,792
43,792
43,792
7,281    
7,281
7,281
7,281

51,073    
51,073
51,073
51,073

77,746    
77,746
77,746
77,746
1,274    
1,274
1,274
1,274

79,020    
79,020
79,020
79,020

22,397    
22,397
22,397
22,397
1,444    
1,444
1,444
1,444

23,841    
23,841
23,841
23,841

----    
2,180    
2,180
2,180
2,180

2,180    
2,180
2,180
2,180

211,947    
211,947
211,947
211,947
22,172    
22,172
22,172
22,172

234,119    
234,119
234,119
234,119

31 December 2018 

Sight- 
8 days 
£000 

>8 days 
- 1 month 
£000 

>1 month  
- 3 months 
£000 

>3 months 
- 6 months 
£000 

>6 months 
- 1 year 
£000 

>1 year
- 3 years
£000

>3 years 
- 5 years 
£000 

>5 years 
£000 

Total 
£000 

Deposits from 
customers 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

1,754 
2,061 

3,815 

5,012 
200 

5,212 

14,397 
230 

14,627 

34,028 
216 

34,244 

35,032 
928 

35,960 

56,643 
8,705 

65,348 

11,634 
8,063 

19,697 

- 
584 

584 

158,500 
20,987 

179,487 

Maturity of assets and liabilities at the reporting date::::    
Maturity of assets and liabilities at the reporting date
Maturity of assets and liabilities at the reporting date
Maturity of assets and liabilities at the reporting date
Sight
Sight----    
SightSight
8 days
8 days    
8 days
8 days
££££000000000000    

>8 days
>8 days    
>8 days
>8 days
----    1 month
1 month    
1 month
1 month
££££000000000000    

31 December 2019    
31 December 2019
31 December 2019
31 December 2019

>1 month 
>1 month     
>1 month 
>1 month 
----    3 months
3 months    
3 months
3 months
££££000000000000    

>3 months 
>3 months 
>3 months 
>3 months 
----    6 months
6 months    
6 months
6 months
££££000000000000    

>6 months
>6 months    
>6 months
>6 months
----    1 year
1 year    
1 year
1 year
££££000000000000    

>1 year
>1 year    
>1 year
>1 year
----    3 years
3 years    
3 years
3 years
££££000000000000    

>3 >3 >3 >3 years
years    
years
years
----    5 years
5 years    
5 years
5 years
££££000000000000    

>5 >5 >5 >5 
years
years    
years
years
££££000000000000    

Total
Total    
Total
Total
££££000000000000    

Assets
Assets    
Assets
Assets
Cash & cash 
equivalents 
Debt securities 
Loans and advances 
to customers 
Other assets 

Total assets    
Total assets
Total assets
Total assets

Liabilities
Liabilities    
Liabilities
Liabilities
Deposits from 
customers 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities    
Total liabilities
Total liabilities
Total liabilities

14,620
14,620    
14,620
14,620
----    

12,564
12,564    
12,564
12,564
19191919    

27,203    
27,203
27,203
27,203

2,889    
2,889
2,889
2,889
5,250    
5,250
5,250
5,250

8,139    
8,139
8,139
8,139

----    
5,795    
5,795
5,795
5,795

2,017
2,017    
2,017
2,017
----    

7,812    
7,812
7,812
7,812

5,060    
5,060
5,060
5,060
----    

5,060    
5,060
5,060
5,060

----    
15,748    
15,748
15,748
15,748

12,652
12,652    
12,652
12,652
----    

28,400    
28,400
28,400
28,400

19,411    
19,411
19,411
19,411
4,710    
4,710
4,710
4,710

24,121    
24,121
24,121
24,121

----    
17,751    
17,751
17,751
17,751

14,977
14,977    
14,977
14,977
----    

32,728    
32,728
32,728
32,728

39,867    
39,867
39,867
39,867
----    

39,867    
39,867
39,867
39,867

----    
----    

32,615
32,615    
32,615
32,615
----    

32,615    
32,615
32,615
32,615

43,574    
43,574
43,574
43,574
7,245    
7,245
7,245
7,245

50,819    
50,819
50,819
50,819

----    
7,498    
7,498
7,498
7,498

77,077
77,077    
77,077
77,077
----    

84,575    
84,575
84,575
84,575

----    
----    

----    
----    

14,620
14,620    
14,620
14,620
46,792    
46,792
46,792
46,792

27,27,27,27,444461616161    
----    

7777    
     12,12,12,12,000088886666    

179,333370707070    
179,
179,179,
12,12,12,12,111105050505    

27,27,27,27,444461616161    

     12,12,12,12,000099993333    

252,888887777    
252,8
252,8
252,8

76,953    
76,953
76,953
76,953
900900900900    

77,853    
77,853
77,853
77,853

22,179    
22,179
22,179
22,179
350350350350    

22,529    
22,529
22,529
22,529

----    
2,180    
2,180
2,180
2,180

2,180    
2,180
2,180
2,180

209,933    
209,933
209,933
209,933
20,635    
20,635
20,635
20,635

230,568    
230,568
230,568
230,568

Page | 46  

 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

8. Financial risk review (continued)    
8. Financial risk review (continued)
8. Financial risk review (continued)
8. Financial risk review (continued)
Risk management (continued)
Risk management (continued)    
Risk management (continued)
Risk management (continued)
B. Liquidity risk (continued)
B. Liquidity risk (continued)    
B. Liquidity risk (continued)
B. Liquidity risk (continued)
ii. Maturity analysis for financial liabilities and financial assets (continued)    
ii. Maturity analysis for financial liabilities and financial assets (continued)
ii. Maturity analysis for financial liabilities and financial assets (continued)
ii. Maturity analysis for financial liabilities and financial assets (continued)

liabilities at the reporting date (continued)    
Maturity of assets and liabilities at the reporting date (continued)
Maturity of assets and 
liabilities at the reporting date (continued)
liabilities at the reporting date (continued)
Maturity of assets and 
Maturity of assets and 
Sight- 
8 days 
£000 

>1 month 
- 3 months 
£000 

>8 days 
- 1 month 
£000 

31 December 2018 

>3 months 
- 6 months 
£000 

>6 months 
- 1 year 
£000 

>1 year 
- 3 years 
£000 

>3 years 
- 5 years 
£000 

>5 years 
£000 

Total 
£000 

Assets 
Cash & cash 
equivalents 
Debt securities 
Loans and advances 
to customers 
Other assets 

9,753 
- 

5,273 
20 

- 
17,995 

1,047 
225 

- 
5,989 

9,724 
145 

Total assets 

15,046 

19,267 

15,858 

Liabilities 
Deposits from 
customers 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

1,754 
2,098 

3,852 

5,012 
146 

5,158 

14,397 
92 

14,489 

- 
- 

15,977 
- 

15,977 

34,028 
- 

34,028 

- 
- 

35,246 
- 

35,246 

35,032 
500 

35,532 

- 
- 

64,099 
- 

64,099 

- 
6,550 

16,910 
- 

23,460 

- 
- 

2 
7,959 

7,961 

9,753 
30,534 

148,278 
8,349 

196,914 

56,643 
7,690 

64,333 

11,634 
7,581 

19,215 

- 
584 

584 

158,500 
18,691 

177,191 

iii. Liquidity reserves    
iii. Liquidity reserves
iii. Liquidity reserves
iii. Liquidity reserves
The following table sets out the components of the Group’s liquidity reserves: 

Balances with other banks 
Unencumbered debt securities 
Total liquidity reserves 

2019
2019    
20192019
Carrying 
Carrying 
Carrying 
Carrying 
amount
amount    
amount
amount
£000    
£000
£000£000

14,620
14,620    
14,620
14,620
46,792
46,792    
46,792
46,792
61,412    
61,412
61,412
61,412

2019 
2019     
2019 
2019 
Fair Fair Fair Fair     
value
value    
value
value
£000    
£000
£000£000

14,620
14,620    
14,620
14,620
46,792
46,792    
46,792
46,792
61,412    
61,412
61,412
61,412

2018 
Carrying 
amount 
£000 

9,753 
30,534 
40,287 

2018  
Fair  
value 
£000 

9,753 
30,534 
40,287 

C. Market risk
C. Market risk    
C. Market risk
C. Market risk
For the definition of market risk and information on how the Group manages the market risks of trading and non-trading portfolios, 
see Note 36.  

The following table sets out the allocation of assets and liabilities subject to market risk between trading and non-trading portfolios:    

31 December 2019999    
31 December 201
31 December 201
31 December 201

Assets subject to market risk
Assets subject to market risk 
Assets subject to market risk
Assets subject to market risk
Trading assets 
Debt securities 
Total    
Total
Total
Total

31 December 2018 

Assets subject to market risk 
Trading assets 
Debt securities 
Total 

Carrying 
Carrying 
Carrying 
Carrying 
amount
amount    
amount
amount
£000    
£000
£000£000

19191919    
46,792
46,792    
46,792
46,792
46,811    
46,811
46,811
46,811

Carrying 
amount 
£000 

20 
30,534 
30,554 

Market risk measure
Market risk measure    
Market risk measure
Market risk measure
Trading 
Trading 
Trading 
Trading 
portfolios
portfolios    
portfolios
portfolios
£000    
£000
£000£000

NonNonNonNon----trading 
trading 
trading 
trading 
portfolios
portfolios    
portfolios
portfolios
£000    
£000
£000£000

19191919    
----    
19191919    

----    
46,792
46,792    
46,792
46,792
46,792    
46,792
46,792
46,792

Market risk measure 
Trading 
portfolios 
£000 

Non-trading 
portfolios 
£000 

20 
- 
20 

- 
30,534 
30,534 

Page | 47  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

8. Financial risk review (continued)    
8. Financial risk review (continued)
8. Financial risk review (continued)
8. Financial risk review (continued)
Risk management (continued)
Risk management (continued)    
Risk management (continued)
Risk management (continued)
C. Market risk (continued)    
C. Market risk (continued)
C. Market risk (continued)
C. Market risk (continued)

i. Exposure to interest rate risk 
i. Exposure to interest rate risk     
i. Exposure to interest rate risk 
i. Exposure to interest rate risk 
The following tables present the interest rate mismatch position between assets and liabilities over the respective maturity dates. The 
maturity dates are presented on a worst-case basis, with assets being recorded at their latest maturity and deposits from customers 
at their earliest. 

31 December 2019999    
31 December 201
31 December 201
31 December 201

     Sight
Sight----    
SightSight
     1 month
1 month    
1 month
1 month
££££000000000000    

>1month
>1month    
>1month
>1month
----    3months
3months    
3months
3months
££££000000000000    

>3months
>3months    
>3months
>3months
----    6months
6months    
6months
6months
        ££££000000000000    

    >6months
>6months
>6months
>6months
----    1 year
1 year    
1 year
1 year
     ££££000000000000    

     >1 year 
>1 year     
>1 year 
>1 year 
----    3 years
3 years    
3 years
3 years
      ££££000000000000    

    >3 years
>3 years    
>3 years
>3 years
----    5 years
5 years    
5 years
5 years
      ££££000000000000    

    >5 years
>5 years    
>5 years
>5 years
      ££££000000000000    

     NonNonNonNon----Int. 
Int. 
Int. 
Int. 
     Bearing
Bearing    
Bearing
Bearing
     ££££000000000000    

Total
Total    
Total
Total
££££000000000000    

Assets
Assets    
Assets
Assets
14,620
14,620    
Cash & cash equivalents 
14,620
14,620
5,795
Debt securities 
5,795    
5,795
5,795
Loans and advances to customers  14,581
14,581    
14,581
14,581
----    
Other assets 

----    
15,748
15,748    
15,748
15,748
12,652    
12,652
12,652
12,652
----    

----    
     17,751
17,751    
17,751
17,751
14,977    
     14,977
14,977
14,977
----    

----    
----    
32,615    
     32,615
32,615
32,615
----    

----    
7,498    
7,498
7,498
7,498
77,077    
     77,077
77,077
77,077
----    

----    
----    
27,461    
     27,461
27,461
27,461
----    

Total assets    
Total assets
Total assets
Total assets

34,996    
34,996
34,996
34,996

28,400    
     28,400
28,400
28,400

32,728    
     32,728
32,728
32,728

32,615    
     32,615
32,615
32,615

84,575    
     84,575
84,575
84,575

27,461    
     27,461
27,461
27,461

Liabilities and equity
Liabilities and equity    
Liabilities and equity
Liabilities and equity
Deposits from customers 
Other liabilities 
Total equity 

Total liabilities and equity    
Total liabilities and equity
Total liabilities and equity
Total liabilities and equity

Interest rate sensitivity gap 

Cumulative    
Cumulative
Cumulative
Cumulative

7,949
7,949    
7,949
7,949
586586586586    
----    

8,535    
8,535
8,535
8,535

26,461    
26,461
26,461
26,461

26,461    
26,461
26,461
26,461

19,411
19,411    
19,411
19,411
4,710    
4,710
4,710
4,710
----    

     39,867
39,867    
39,867
39,867
1,188    
1,188
1,188
1,188
----    

     43,574
43,574    
43,574
43,574
1,200    
1,200
1,200
1,200
----    

     76,953
76,953    
76,953
76,953
1,268    
1,268
1,268
1,268
----    

     22,179
22,179    
22,179
22,179
7,882    
7,882
7,882
7,882
----    

24,121    
24,121
24,121
24,121

41,055    
     41,055
41,055
41,055

44,774    
     44,774
44,774
44,774

78,221    
     78,221
78,221
78,221

30,061    
     30,061
30,061
30,061

4,279    
4,279
4,279
4,279

(8,327)    
(8,327)
(8,327)
(8,327)

(12,159)    
     (12,159)
(12,159)
(12,159)

6,354    
6,354
6,354
6,354

(2,(2,(2,(2,600600600600))))    

31 December 2018 

  Sight- 
  1 month 
£000 

>1month 
- 3months 
£000 

>3months 
- 6months 
        £000 

 >6months
- 1 year 
  £000 

  >1 year  
- 3 years 
       £000 

 >3 years 
- 5 years 
       £000 

 >5 years 
       £000 

  Non-Int. 
  Bearing 
  £000 

30,740    
30,740
30,740
30,740

22,413    
     22,413
22,413
22,413

10,254    
     10,254
10,254
10,254

16,608888    
     16,60
16,60
16,60

     14,014,014,014,008080808    

14,015    
     14,015
14,015
14,015

----    

----    
----    
7777    
----    

7777    

----    
----    
----    

----    

7777    

----    
----    
----    
2,105    
11112,105
2,105
2,105

14,620
14,620    
14,620
14,620
44446,792
6,792    
6,792
6,792
179,333370707070    
179,
179,179,
2,105    
11112,105
2,105
2,105

12,12,12,12,111105050505    

252,888887777    
     252,8
252,8
252,8

----    
3,803,803,803,801111    
22,322,322,322,319191919    

26,120    
26,120
26,120
26,120

4,015))))    
(1(1(1(14,015
4,015
4,015

209,933
209,933    
209,933
209,933
20,20,20,20,635635635635    
22,322,322,322,319191919    

252,888887777    
252,8
252,8
252,8

----    

----    

Total 
£000 

Assets 
Cash & cash equivalents 
Debt securities 
Loans and advances to customers 
Other assets 

9,753 
17,995 
6,319 
245 

- 
5,989 
9,724 
145 

- 
- 
  15,977 
- 

- 
- 
  35,247 
- 

- 
- 
  64,099 
- 

- 
6,550 
  16,910 
- 

Total assets 

34,312 

  15,858 

  15,977 

  35,247 

  64,099 

  23,460 

Liabilities and equity 
Deposits from customers 
Other liabilities 
Total equity 

Total liabilities and equity 

6,766 
2,244 
- 

9,010 

14,397 
92 
- 

  34,028 
- 
- 

  35,032 
500 
- 

  56,643 
7,690 
- 

  11,634 
7,581 
- 

14,489 

  34,028 

  35,532 

  64,333 

  19,215 

- 
- 
2 
- 

2 

- 
584 
- 

584 

- 
- 
- 
7,959 

9,753 
30,534 
148,278 
8,349 

7,959 

  196,914 

- 
- 
19,723 

19,723 

158,500 
18,691 
19,723 

196,914 

Interest rate sensitivity gap 

25,302 

1,369 

  (18,051) 

(285) 

(234) 

4,245 

(582) 

(11,764) 

Cumulative 

25,302 

26,671 

8,620 

8,335 

8,101 

  12,346 

  11,764 

- 

- 

- 

The Bank monitors the impact of changes in interest rates on interest rate mismatch positions using a method consistent with the 
FSA required reporting standard. The methodology applies weightings to the net interest rate sensitivity gap in order to quantify the 
impact of an adverse change in interest rates of 2.0% per annum (2018: 2.0%). The following tables set out the estimated total impact 
of such a change based on the mismatch at the reporting date: 

31 December 2019999 
31 December 201
31 December 201
31 December 201

Sight
Sight----    
SightSight
1 month    
     1 month
1 month
1 month

>1month
>1month    
>1month
>1month
3months    
----3months
3months
3months

>3months
>3months    
>3months
>3months
6months    
----    6months
6months
6months

>6months
>6months    
>6months
>6months
1 year    
     ----    1 year
1 year
1 year

>1 year 
>1 year     
>1 year 
>1 year 
3 years    
----    3 years
3 years
3 years

>3 years
>3 years    
>3 years
>3 years
5 years    
     ----    5 years
5 years
5 years

>5 years    
>5 years
>5 years
>5 years

NonNonNonNon----Int. 
Int. 
Int. 
Int. 
Bearing    
     Bearing
Bearing
Bearing

26,461    
Interest rate sensitivity gap £000  26,461
26,461
26,461

Weighting 

£000 

0.000    
0.000
0.000
0.000

----    

4,279    
4,279
4,279
4,279

0.003    
0.003
0.003
0.003

13131313    

(8,327)    
(8,327)
(8,327)
(8,327)

(12,159)    
(12,159)
(12,159)
(12,159)

0.007    
0.007
0.007
0.007

(58)    
(58)
(58)
(58)

0.014    
0.014
0.014
0.014

(170)    
(170)
(170)
(170)

6,356,356,356,354444    

0.027    
0.027
0.027
0.027

172172172172    

(2,(2,(2,(2,600600600600))))    

0.054    
0.054
0.054
0.054

(1(1(1(140404040))))    

7777    

(1(1(1(14444,,,,000011115555))))    

0.115    
0.115
0.115
0.115

0.000    
0.000
0.000
0.000

Total    
Total
Total
Total

----    

----    

1111    

----    

(18(18(18(182222))))    

Page | 48  

 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
        
        
        
    
    
          
      
      
    
          
      
      
    
          
      
      
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

8. Financial risk review (continued)    
8. Financial risk review (continued)
8. Financial risk review (continued)
8. Financial risk review (continued)
Risk management (continued)
Risk management (continued)    
Risk management (continued)
Risk management (continued)
C. Market risk (continued)    
C. Market risk (continued)
C. Market risk (continued)
C. Market risk (continued)

i. Exposure to interest rate risk (continued)    
i. Exposure to interest rate risk (continued)
i. Exposure to interest rate risk (continued)
i. Exposure to interest rate risk (continued)

31 December 2018 

Sight- 
  1 month 

>1month 
-3months 

>3months 
- 6months 

>6months 
  - 1 year 

>1 year  
- 3 years 

>3 years 
  - 5 years 

  >5 years 

Non-Int. 
  Bearing 

Total 

Interest rate sensitivity gap £000 

25,302 

Weighting 

£000 

0.000 

- 

1,369 

0.003 

4 

(18,051)

0.007 

(126)

(285)

0.014 

(4)

(234)

0.027 

(6)

4,245 

0.054 

229 

(582)

0.115 

(67)

(11,764)

0.000 

- 

- 

- 

30 

D. Capital Management
D. Capital Management    
D. Capital Management
D. Capital Management
i. Regulatory capital    
i. Regulatory capital
i. Regulatory capital
i. Regulatory capital
The lead regulator of the Group’s wholly owned subsidiary, Conister Bank Limited (“Bank”), is the Isle of Man Financial Services 
Authority (“FSA”). The FSA sets and monitors capital requirements for the Bank. 

The Bank’s regulatory capital consists of the following elements. 

  Common  Equity  Tier  1  (“CET1”)  capital,  which  includes  ordinary  share  capital,  retained  earnings  and  reserves  after 

adjustment for deductions for goodwill, intangible assets and intercompany receivable. 

  Tier 2 capital, which includes qualifying subordinated liabilities and any excess of impairment over expected losses. 

The FSA’s approach to the measurement of capital adequacy is primarily based on monitoring the relationship of the capital resources 
requirement to available capital resources. The FSA sets individual capital guidance (“ICG”) for the Bank in excess of the minimum 
capital resources requirement. A key input to the ICG setting process is the Bank’s internal capital adequacy assessment process 
(“ICAAP”). 

The Bank is also regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom for credit and brokerage related activities. 

ii. Capital allocation
ii. Capital allocation    
ii. Capital allocation
ii. Capital allocation
Management  uses  regulatory  capital  ratios  to  monitor  its  capital  base.  The  allocation  of  capital  between  specific  operations  and 
activities is, to a large extent, driven by optimisation of the return achieved on the capital allocated. The amount of capital allocated 
to each operation or activity is based primarily on regulatory capital requirements. 

9. Operating segments
9. Operating segments    
9. Operating segments
9. Operating segments
Segmental information is presented in respect of the Group’s business segments. The Directors consider that the Group currently 
operates in one geographic segment comprising of the Isle of Man, UK and Channel Islands. The primary format, business segments, 
is based on the Group’s management and internal reporting structure. The Directors consider that the Group operates in four (2018: 
four)  product  orientated  segments  in  addition  to  its  investing  activities:  Asset  and  Personal  Finance  (including  provision  of  HP 
contracts,  finance  leases,  personal  loans,  commercial  loans,  block  discounting,  vehicle  stocking  plans  and  wholesale  funding 
agreements); Manx Incahoot; Edgewater Associates; and Manx FX.  

For the year ended 31 December 2019    
For the year ended 31 December 2019
For the year ended 31 December 2019
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Net interest income 
Fee and commission income / (loss) 
Operating income / (loss) 

Profit / (loss) before tax payable    
Profit / (loss) before tax payable
Profit / (loss) before tax payable
Profit / (loss) before tax payable

Capital expenditure 

Total assets    
Total assets
Total assets
Total assets

Asset and
Asset and    
Asset and
Asset and
Personal    
Personal
Personal
Personal
Finance
Finance    
Finance
Finance
££££000000000000    

17,929999    
17,92
17,92
17,92
439439439439    
13,518888    
13,51
13,51
13,51

2,92,92,92,944444444    

1,744    
1,744
1,744
1,744

249,444449999    
249,4
249,4
249,4

Manx Manx Manx Manx 
Incahoot
Incahoot    
Incahoot
Incahoot
££££000000000000    

Edgewater 
Edgewater 
Edgewater 
Edgewater 
Associates
Associates    
Associates
Associates
££££000000000000    

Manx FX
Manx FX    
Manx FX
Manx FX
££££000000000000    

Investing
Investing
Investing
Investing
Activities
Activities    
Activities
Activities
££££000000000000    

----    
(9)(9)(9)(9)    
(10)    
(10)
(10)
(10)

(295)    
(295)
(295)
(295)

----    

14141414    

----    
2,529    
2,529
2,529
2,529
2,529    
2,529
2,529
2,529

219219219219    

14141414    

2,292    
2,292
2,292
2,292

----    
837837837837    
828828828828    

502502502502    

----    

321321321321    

Total
Total    
Total
Total
£000    
£000
£000£000

17,929999    
17,92
17,92
17,92
3,796    
3,796
3,796
3,796
16,865555    
16,86
16,86
16,86

3,03,03,03,023232323    

1,766    
1,766
1,766
1,766

----    
----    
----    

(347)
(347)
(347)
(347)

8888    

811811811811    

252,888887777    
252,8
252,8
252,8

Page | 49  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

9. Operating segments (continued)    
9. Operating segments (continued)
9. Operating segments (continued)
9. Operating segments (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2018 

Net interest income 
Fee and commission income 
Operating income 

Profit / (loss) before tax payable 

Capital expenditure 

Total assets 

10. Net interest income    
10. Net interest income
10. Net interest income
10. Net interest income

Asset and 
Personal 
Finance 
£000 

15,568 
- 
9,795 

2,267 

1,589 

190,923 

Interest income
Interest income    
Interest income
Interest income
Loans and advances to customers 
Total interest income calculated using the effective interest method
Total interest income calculated using the effective interest method    
Total interest income calculated using the effective interest method
Total interest income calculated using the effective interest method
Other interest income  
Total interest income    
Total interest income
Total interest income
Total interest income

Interest expense
Interest expense    
Interest expense
Interest expense
Deposits from customers 
Loan note interest 
Lease liability 
Contingent consideration 
Block funders 
interest expense    
Total interest expense
Total 
interest expense
interest expense
Total 
Total 

Net interest income    
Net interest income
Net interest income
Net interest income

11. Net fee and commission income    
11. Net fee and commission income
11. Net fee and commission income
11. Net fee and commission income

Manx 
Incahoot 
£000 

Edgewater 
Associates 
£000 

Manx 
FX 
£000 

Investing
Activities 
£000 

- 
12 
12 

(189) 

1 

78 

- 
2,562 
2,562 

245 

150 

3,153 

- 
797 
797 

490 

6 

608 

Total 
£000 

15,568 
3,371 
13,166 

- 
- 
- 

(103) 

2,710 

1 

1,747 

2,152 

196,914 

2019
2019    
20192019
£000    
£000
£000£000

21,824
21,824    
21,824
21,824
21,824
21,824    
21,824
21,824
496496496496    
22,320    
22,320
22,320
22,320

(3,383)
(3,383)    
(3,383)
(3,383)
(873)
(873)    
(873)
(873)
(47)    
(47)
(47)
(47)
(88)
(88)    
(88)
(88)
----    
(4,391)    
(4,391)
(4,391)
(4,391)

2018 
£000 

19,037 
19,037 
78 
19,115 

(2,744) 
(773) 
- 
- 
(30) 
(3,547) 

17,929999    
17,92
17,92
17,92

15,568 

A. Disaggregation of fee and commission income
A. Disaggregation of fee and commission income    
A. Disaggregation of fee and commission income
A. Disaggregation of fee and commission income
In the following table, fee and commission income from contracts with customers in the scope of IFRS 15 – Revenue from Contracts 
with  Customers  is  disaggregated  by  major  type  of  services.  The  table  includes  a  reconciliation  of  the  disaggregated  fee  and 
commission income with the Group’s reportable segments. 

Major 
service lines    
Major service lines
service lines
service lines
Major Major 
Independent financial advice income 
Foreign exchange trading income 
Brokerage services income 
Fee and commission income    
Fee and commission income
Fee and commission income
Fee and commission income

Fee and commission expense 

commission expense    
Net fee and commission expense
Net fee and 
commission expense
commission expense
Net fee and 
Net fee and 

2019
2019    
20192019
£000    
£000
£000£000

2,522,522,522,528888    
837837837837    
434343431111    
3,796    
3,796
3,796
3,796

2018 
£000 

2,547 
824 
- 
3,371 

(5,(5,(5,(5,426426426426))))    

(6,109) 

1,630))))    
((((1,630
1,630
1,630

(2,738) 

Page | 50  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
    
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
    
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
    
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

12. Terminal funding    
12. Terminal funding
12. Terminal funding
12. Terminal funding

In September 2014, the Bank discontinued funding handheld payment devices (referred to as Terminal Funding) due to the volume 
of write-offs.  Ever since, the book is being run-off whilst the Bank vigorously pursues historical write-offs.  A decision was made by 
the  Board  during  2016  to  cease  funding  and  run-off  the  book  upon  the  final  repayment  date  of  August  2019.  Terminal  funding 
continues to generate secondary term rental income following the last repayment date. 

Interest income 
Fee and commission expense 
Provision for impairment on loan assets 

13. Personnel expenses    
13. Personnel expenses
13. Personnel expenses
13. Personnel expenses

Gross salaries  
Executive Directors’ remuneration 
Non-executive Directors’ fees 
Executive Directors’ pensions 
Executive Directors’ performance related pay 
Pension costs 
National insurance and payroll taxes 
Training and recruitment costs 

14. Other expenses    
14. Other expenses
14. Other expenses
14. Other expenses

Professional and legal fees 
Marketing costs 
IT costs 
Establishment costs 
Communication costs 
Travel costs 
Bank charges 
Insurance 
Irrecoverable VAT 
Other costs 

15. Impairment on loans and advances to customers
15. Impairment on loans and advances to customers    
15. Impairment on loans and advances to customers
15. Impairment on loans and advances to customers
The charge in respect of specific allowances for impairment comprises: 

Specific impairment allowances made 
Reversal of allowances previously made 

Total charge for specific provision for impairment    
Total charge for specific provision for impairment
Total charge for specific provision for impairment
Total charge for specific provision for impairment

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

78787878    
----    
2222    

80808080    

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

(5,1(5,1(5,1(5,144442)2)2)2)    
(259)    
(259)
(259)
(259)
(1(1(1(155552)2)2)2)    
(21)
(21)    
(21)
(21)
(50)
(50)    
(50)
(50)
(302)
(302)    
(302)
(302)
(628)
(628)    
(628)
(628)
(208)    
(208)
(208)
(208)

(6,762)    
(6,762)
(6,762)
(6,762)

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

(1,559)
(1,559)    
(1,559)
(1,559)
(261)
(261)    
(261)
(261)
(6(6(6(633333333))))    
(286)
(286)    
(286)
(286)
(155)
(155)    
(155)
(155)
(219)
(219)    
(219)
(219)
(137)
(137)    
(137)
(137)
(199)    
(199)
(199)
(199)
(340)
(340)    
(340)
(340)
(34(34(34(346666))))    

(4,1(4,1(4,1(4,135353535))))    

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

((((2,2,2,2,091091091091))))    
64646464    

(2,(2,(2,(2,027027027027))))    

2018 
£000 

181 
(5) 
(102) 

74 

2018 
£000 

(4,233) 
(241) 
(145) 
(19) 
(50) 
(259) 
(527) 
(229) 

(5,703) 

2018 
£000 

(1,067) 
(237) 
(567) 
(434) 
(146) 
(174) 
(119) 
(141) 
(303) 
(277) 

(3,465) 

2018 
£000 

(1,246) 
410 

(836) 

Page | 51  

 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

(continued)    
15. Impairment on loans and advances to customers    (continued)
15. Impairment on loans and advances to customers
(continued)
(continued)
15. Impairment on loans and advances to customers
15. Impairment on loans and advances to customers

The credit / (charge) in respect of collective allowances for impairment comprises:  

Collective impairment allowances made 
Release of allowances previously made 

collective allowances for impairment    
for collective allowances for impairment
charge))))    for 
credit / / / / ((((charge
Total credit 
Total 
collective allowances for impairment
collective allowances for impairment
for 
for 
charge
charge
credit 
credit 
Total 
Total 

Total charge for allowances for impairment    
Total charge for allowances for impairment
Total charge for allowances for impairment
Total charge for allowances for impairment

16. Profit before tax payable
16. Profit before tax payable    
16. Profit before tax payable
16. Profit before tax payable
The profit before tax payable for the year is stated after charging:  

Auditor’s remuneration: -  

as Auditor current year 
 non-audit services 

Pension cost defined benefit scheme 
Operating lease rentals for property 

17. Income tax expense    
17. Income tax expense
17. Income tax expense
17. Income tax expense

Current tax expense
Current tax expense    
Current tax expense
Current tax expense
Current year 
Changes to estimates for prior years 

Deferred tax expense
Deferred tax expense    
Deferred tax expense
Deferred tax expense
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Utilisation of previously recognised tax losses 
Changes to estimates for prior years 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

(1(1(1(138383838))))    
222265656565    

127127127127    

1,900))))    
((((1,900
1,900
1,900

GroupGroupGroupGroup    

Company    
Company
Company
Company

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

(110)
(110)    
(110)
(110)
((((96969696))))    
((((17171717))))    
(117)    
(117)
(117)
(117)

2018 
£000 

(108) 
(7) 
(15) 
(251) 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000 

----    
----    
----    
----    

2019    
2019
20192019
££££000000000000    

((((222297979797))))    
----    
((((222297979797))))    

((((53535353))))    
----    
----    
((((53535353))))    

2018 
£000 

(49) 
28 

(21) 

(857) 

2018 
£000 

- 
- 
- 
- 

2018 
£000 

(197) 
- 
(197) 

(46) 
- 
- 
(46) 

Tax expense     
Tax expense 
Tax expense 
Tax expense 

((((333350505050))))    

(243) 

Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Reconciliation of effective tax rate    
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Profit before tax  
Tax using the Bank’s domestic tax rate 
Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions 
Non-deductible expenses 
Tax exempt income 
Timing difference in current year 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences in deferred tax 
Tax expense    
Tax expense
Tax expense
Tax expense

2019    
2019
20192019
££££000000000000    

3,03,03,03,023232323    
((((303030302222))))    
(23)
(23)    
(23)
(23)
((((78787878))))    
----    
----    
53535353    
((((333350505050))))    

(10.0)% 
0.0 % 
(1.2)% 
0.3 % 
0.3 % 
1.7 % 
(9.0)% 

2018 
£000 

2,710 
(271) 
- 
(33) 
8 
7 
46 
(243) 

(10.0)%    
(10.0)%
(10.0)%
(10.0)%
(0.8)%(0.8)%(0.8)%(0.8)%    
((((2.62.62.62.6)%)%)%)%    
0.00.00.00.0    %%%%    
0.0.0.0.0000    %%%%    
1.1.1.1.8888    %%%%    
((((11111.61.61.61.6)%)%)%)%    

Page | 52  

 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

(continued)    
17. Income tax expense    (continued)
17. Income tax expense
(continued)
(continued)
17. Income tax expense
17. Income tax expense

The main rate of corporation tax in the Isle of Man is 0.0% (2018: 0.0%).  However the profits of the Group’s Isle of Man banking 
activities are taxed at 10.0% (2018: 10.0%). The profits of the Group’s subsidiaries that are subject to UK corporation tax are taxed 
at a rate of 19.0% (2018: 19.0%).  

The value of tax losses carried forward reduced to nil and there is now a timing difference related to accelerated capital allowances 
resulting in a £141,000 liability (2018: £88,000 liability). This resulted in an expense of £53,000 (2018: £50,000) to the Consolidated 
Income Statement. 

18. Earnings per share    
18. Earnings per share
18. Earnings per share
18. Earnings per share

Profit for the year    
Profit for the year
Profit for the year
Profit for the year

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (basic) 
Basic earnings per share (pence) 
Diluted earnings per share (pence) 

Total comprehensive income for the year    
Total comprehensive income for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (basic) 
Basic earnings per share (pence) 
Diluted earnings per share (pence) 

2019    
2019
20192019

2018 

,000    
£2,£2,£2,£2,673673673673,000
,000,000

£2,467,000 

131,096,235    
131,096,235
131,096,235
131,096,235
2.02.02.02.04444    
1.61.61.61.66666    

131,096,235 
1.88 
1.54 

,000    
£2,£2,£2,£2,596596596596,000
,000,000

£2,461,000 

131,096,235
131,096,235    
131,096,235
131,096,235
1.981.981.981.98    
1.61.61.61.62222    

131,096,235 
1.88 
1.54 

The basic earnings per share calculation is based upon the profit for the year after taxation and the weighted average of the number 
of shares in issue throughout the year.  

As at:    
As at:
As at:
As at:

2019    
2019
20192019

2018 

number of ordinary shares in issue between 
Reconciliation of weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue between 
Reconciliation of weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue between 
number of ordinary shares in issue between 
Reconciliation of weighted average 
Reconciliation of weighted average 
basic and diluted
basic and diluted    
basic and diluted
basic and diluted
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (basic) 
Number of shares issued if all convertible loan notes were exchanged for equity 
Dilutive element of share options if exercised 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted) 

between basic and diluted    
profit for the year    between basic and diluted
Reconciliation of profit for the year
Reconciliation of 
between basic and diluted
between basic and diluted
profit for the year
profit for the year
Reconciliation of 
Reconciliation of 

Profit for the year (basic) 
Interest expense saved if all convertible loan notes were exchanged for equity  

Profit for the year (diluted) 

131,096,235
131,096,235    
131,096,235
131,096,235
41,41,41,41,666666666666,,,,667667667667    
----    

131,096,235 
41,666,667 
10,366 

172,762,902    
172,762,902
172,762,902
172,762,902

172,773,268 

673,000    
££££2,2,2,2,673,000
673,000
673,000
196,150    
££££196,150
196,150
196,150

£2,467,000 
£196,000 

869,150    
££££2,2,2,2,869,150
869,150
869,150

£2,663,000 

The diluted earnings per share calculation assumes that all convertible loan notes and share options have been converted / exercised 
at the beginning of the year where they are dilutive.  

As at:    
As at:
As at:
As at:

2019    
2019
20192019

2018 

between basic 
total comprehensive income for the year    between basic 
Reconciliation of total comprehensive income for the year
Reconciliation of 
between basic 
between basic 
total comprehensive income for the year
total comprehensive income for the year
Reconciliation of 
Reconciliation of 
and diluted    
and diluted
and diluted
and diluted

Total comprehensive income for the year (basic) 
Interest expense saved if all convertible loan notes were exchanged for 
equity  

££££2,2,2,2,596596596596,000
,000    
,000,000
196,150    
££££196,150
196,150
196,150

£2,461,000 
£196,000 

Total comprehensive income for the year (diluted) 

,150    
££££2,2,2,2,792792792792,150
,150,150

£2,657,000 

Page | 53  

 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
 
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

equivalents    
19. Cash and cash equivalents
19. Cash and cash 
equivalents
equivalents
19. Cash and cash 
19. Cash and cash 

Cash at bank and in hand 

Group 

Company 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

14,620    
14,620
14,620
14,620

14,620    
14,620
14,620
14,620

2018 
£000 

9,753 

9,753 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

119119119119    

119119119119    

2018 
£000 

1,646 

1,646 

Cash at bank includes an amount of £1,060,000 (2018: £561,000) representing receipts which are in the course of transmission.  

20. Debt securities    
20. Debt securities
20. Debt securities
20. Debt securities

Financial assets at FVOCI:    
Financial assets at FVOCI:
Financial assets at FVOCI:
Financial assets at FVOCI:
UK Government Treasury Bills 
Floating Rate Notes 

Group 

Company 

2012012012019999    
££££000000000000    

44,690
44,690    
44,690
44,690
2,102    
2,102
2,102
2,102

46,792    
46,792
46,792
46,792

2018 
£000 

30,534 
- 

30,534 

2012012012019999    
££££000000000000    

----    
----    

----    

2018 
£000 

- 
- 

- 

UK Government Treasury Bills are stated at fair value and unrealised changes in the fair value are reflected in other comprehensive 
income. There were £179,000 (2018: £135,000) realised gains and £51,000 (2018: £44,000) unrealised gains during the year. 

21. Trading asset
21. Trading asset    
21. Trading asset
21. Trading asset
The investment represents shares in a UK quoted company, elected to be classified as a financial asset at fair value through profit or 
loss. The investment is stated at market value and is classified as a level 1 investment in the IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy. The cost 
of the shares was £471,000. The unrealised difference between cost and market value has been taken to the Consolidated Income 
Statement. Dividend income of £360,500 (2018: £355,000) and £24,000 (2018: £24,000) of sale proceeds have been received from 
this investment since it was made. The investment made a net loss of £1,000 (2018: £4,000) during the year. 

22. Loans and advances to customers    
22. Loans and advances to customers
22. Loans and advances to customers
22. Loans and advances to customers

GroupGroupGroupGroup    

HP balances 
Finance lease balances 
Unsecured personal loans 
Vehicle stocking plans 
Wholesale funding arrangements 
Block discounting 
Secured commercial loans 
Secured personal loans 

GrossGrossGrossGross    
Amount
Amount    
Amount
Amount
££££000000000000    

65,846
65,846    
65,846
65,846
40,359
40,359    
40,359
40,359
21,110
21,110    
21,110
21,110
1,494
1,494    
1,494
1,494
23,840    
23,840
23,840
23,840
15,693
15,693    
15,693
15,693
11,652
11,652    
11,652
11,652
4,149
4,149    
4,149
4,149
184,143    
184,143
184,143
184,143

2019
2019    
20192019
Impairment
Impairment    
Impairment
Impairment
Allowance
Allowance    
Allowance
Allowance
££££000000000000    

(1,537)
(1,537)    
(1,537)
(1,537)
(2,125)
(2,125)    
(2,125)
(2,125)
(199)
(199)    
(199)
(199)
(36)
(36)    
(36)
(36)
((((333300)00)00)00)    
(200)
(200)    
(200)
(200)
(376)
(376)    
(376)
(376)
----    
(4,(4,(4,(4,777773)73)73)73)    

Carrying
Carrying    
Carrying
Carrying
Value
Value    
ValueValue
££££000000000000    

64,309
64,309    
64,309
64,309
38,234
38,234    
38,234
38,234
20,911
20,911    
20,911
20,911
1,458
1,458    
1,458
1,458
23,23,23,23,555540404040    
15,493
15,493    
15,493
15,493
11,276
11,276    
11,276
11,276
4,149
4,149    
4,149
4,149
179,333370707070    
179,
179,179,

Gross 
Amount 
£000 

59,038 
27,238 
14,806 
1,486 
22,944 
17,316 
1,967 
6,877 
151,672 

2018 
Impairment 
Allowance 
£000 

(1,416) 
(1,551) 
(382) 
- 
- 
- 
(45) 
- 
(3,394) 

Carrying 
Value 
£000 

57,622 
25,687 
14,424 
1,486 
22,944 
17,316 
1,922 
6,877 
148,278 

Collateral  is  held  in  the  form  of  underlying  assets  for  HP,  finance  leases,  vehicles  stocking  plans,  block  discounting,  secured 
commercial and personal loans and wholesale funding arrangements.  

Specific allowance for impairment    
Specific allowance for impairment
Specific allowance for impairment
Specific allowance for impairment

Balance at 1 January 
Specific allowance for impairment made 
Release of allowances previously made 
Write-offs 
Balance at 31 December    
Balance at 31 December
Balance at 31 December
Balance at 31 December

2012012012019999    
££££000000000000    

3,126
3,126    
3,126
3,126
2,2,2,2,091091091091    
((((64646464))))    
((((521521521521))))    
4,4,4,4,666632323232    

2018 
£000 

2,440 
1,291 
(410) 
(195) 
3,126 

Page | 54  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

(continued)    
22. Loans and advances to customers    (continued)
22. Loans and advances to customers
(continued)
(continued)
22. Loans and advances to customers
22. Loans and advances to customers

Collective allowance for impairment    
Collective allowance for impairment
Collective allowance for impairment
Collective allowance for impairment

Balance at 1 January 
Collective allowance for impairment made 
Release of allowances previously made 

Balance at 31 December    
Balance at 31 December
Balance at 31 December
Balance at 31 December

Total allowances for impairment    
Total allowances for impairment
Total allowances for impairment
Total allowances for impairment

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

268268268268    
111138383838    
(2(2(2(265656565))))    

141141141141    

4,4,4,4,777773737373    

2018 
£000 

247 
49 
(28) 

268 

3,394 

Advances  on  preferential  terms  are  available  to  all  Directors,  management  and  staff.  As  at  31  December  2019  £490,641  (2018: 
£389,005) had been lent on this basis. In the Group’s ordinary course of business, advances may be made to Shareholders, but all 
such advances are made on normal commercial terms.  

At the end of the current financial year 5 loan exposures (2018: 9) exceeded 10.0% of the capital base of the Bank:  

Exposure    
Exposure
Exposure
Exposure

Block discounting facility 
Wholesale funding agreement 

Outstanding 
Outstanding 
Outstanding 
Outstanding 
Balance
Balance    
Balance
Balance
2019
2019    
20192019
£000 
£000
£000£000

15,693
15,693    
15,693
15,693
23,840    
23,840
23,840
23,840

Outstanding 
Balance 
2018 
£000 

14,211 
21,423 

HP and finance lease receivables    
HP and finance lease receivables
HP and finance lease receivables
HP and finance lease receivables
Loans and advances to customers include the following HP and finance lease receivables: 

Less than one year 
Between one and five years 

Gross investment in HP and finance lease receivables    
Gross investment in HP and finance lease receivables
Gross investment in HP and finance lease receivables
Gross investment in HP and finance lease receivables

The investment in HP and finance lease receivables net of unearned income comprises: 

Facility
Facility    
Facility
Facility
limit
limit    
limit
limit
£000    
£000
£000£000

28,235
28,235    
28,235
28,235
28,119    
28,119
28,119
28,119

2018 
£000 

42,532 
60,184 

102,716 

2018 
£000 

37,508 
48,768 

86,276 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

51,865    
51,865
51,865
51,865
71,124    
71,124
71,124
71,124

122,989    
122,989
122,989
122,989

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

44,787
44,787    
44,787
44,787
61,418    
61,418
61,418
61,418

106,205    
106,205
106,205
106,205

Less than one year 
Between one and five years 

Net investment in HP and finance lease receivables    
Net investment in HP and finance lease receivables
Net investment in HP and finance lease receivables
Net investment in HP and finance lease receivables

23. Trade and other receivables    
23. Trade and other receivables
23. Trade and other receivables
23. Trade and other receivables

Prepayments 
VAT recoverable 
Other debtors 

Group 

Company 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

333385858585    
888835353535    
1,21,21,21,258585858    
2,2,2,2,444477778888    

2018 
£000 

382 
936 
1,173 
2,491 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

44444444    
187187187187    
----    
231231231231    

2018 
£000 

32 
- 
- 
32 

Included in trade and other receivables is an amount of £835,000 (2018: £936,000) relating to a reclaim of VAT.  The Bank, as the 
Group VAT registered entity, has for some time considered the VAT recovery rate being obtained by the business was neither fair nor 
reasonable, specifically regarding the attribution of part of the residual input tax relating to the HP business not being considered as 
a taxable supply. Queries have been raised with the Isle of Man Government Customs & Excise Division (“C&E”), and several reviews 
of the mechanics of the recovery process were undertaken by the Company’s professional advisors.  

Page | 55  

 
 
 
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

23. Trade and other receivables (continued)    
23. Trade and other receivables (continued)
23. Trade and other receivables (continued)
23. Trade and other receivables (continued)

The Group’s position rests on the outcome of discussions with C&E which in turn will take into account the final assessment by UK 
Her  Majesty’s  Revenue  and  Customs  (“HMRC”)  of  the  impact  of  the  European  Union’s  ruling  in  favour  of  Volkswagen  Financial 
Services (UK) Limited (“VWFS”) vs HMRC. On the basis of the discussions and correspondence which have taken place between 
the Bank, its professional advisors and C&E, in addition to the VWFS ruling, the VAT recovery has moved in the year. The Directors 
are confident that the VAT claim will be secured. 

The Bank’s total exposure in relation to this matter reduced to £906,000 (2018: £1,049,000), comprising the debtor balance referred 
to above plus an additional £71,000 VAT reclaimed under the partial Exemption Special Method, in the period from Q4 2011 to Q3 
2012 (from Q4 2012 the Bank reverted back to the previous method).  

use assets    
ight----ofofofof----use assets
and rrrright
24. Property, plant and equipment    and 
24. Property, plant and equipment
use assets
use assets
ight
ight
and and 
24. Property, plant and equipment
24. Property, plant and equipment

GroupGroupGroupGroup    

CostCostCostCost    
As at 1 January 2019 

Acquisition of subsidiary 
Additions 
Disposals 
31 December 2019    
As at    31 December 2019
As at
31 December 2019
31 December 2019
As atAs at

Accumulated depreciation    
Accumulated depreciation
Accumulated depreciation
Accumulated depreciation
As at 1 January 2019 

Charge for year 
Disposals 

As at 31 December 2019    
As at 31 December 2019
As at 31 December 2019
As at 31 December 2019

December    2019
Carrying value at 31 December
December
December
2019    
Carrying value at 31 
20192019
Carrying value at 31 
Carrying value at 31 

Carrying value at 31 December 2018 

Leasehold    
Leasehold
Leasehold
Leasehold
Improvements    
Improvements
Improvements
Improvements
££££000000000000    

ITITITIT    
Equipment    
Equipment
Equipment
Equipment
££££000000000000    

Furniture &
Furniture &    
Furniture &
Furniture &
Equipment    
Equipment
Equipment
Equipment
££££000000000000    

MotorMotorMotorMotor    
Vehicles1    
Vehicles
Vehicles
Vehicles
££££000000000000    

RightRightRightRight----ofofofof----
use assets2    
use assets
use assets
use assets
££££000000000000    

509509509509    

160160160160    
5555    
----    
674674674674    

249249249249    

66666666    
----    

315315315315    

359359359359    

260 

335335335335    

----    
58585858    
----    
393393393393    

213213213213    

59595959    
----    

272272272272    

121121121121    

122 

664664664664    

22222222    
----    
----    
686686686686    

612612612612    

10101010    
----    

622622622622    

64646464    

52 

1,003    
1,003
1,003
1,003

107107107107    
1,571
1,571    
1,571
1,571
(107)
(107)    
(107)
(107)
2,574    
2,574
2,574
2,574

53535353    

338338338338    
----    

391391391391    

2,183    
2,183
2,183
2,183

950 

----    

----    
737737737737    
----    
737737737737    

----    

165165165165    
----    

165165165165    

572572572572    

- 

1Motor vehicles relate to operating leases with the Group as lessor. 
2See Note 5 for implementation of IFRS 16 – Leases and recognition of right-of-use asset. 

Total    
Total
Total
Total
££££000000000000    

2,511    
2,511
2,511
2,511

289289289289    
2,371
2,371    
2,371
2,371
(107)
(107)    
(107)
(107)
5,064    
5,064
5,064
5,064

1,127    
1,127
1,127
1,127

638638638638    
----    

1,765    
1,765
1,765
1,765

3,299    
3,299
3,299
3,299

1,384 

Page | 56  

 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

(continued)    
use assets    (continued)
right----ofofofof----use assets
and right
24. Property, plant and equipment    and 
24. Property, plant and equipment
(continued)
(continued)
use assets
use assets
right
right
and and 
24. Property, plant and equipment
24. Property, plant and equipment

Company    
Company
Company
Company

CostCostCostCost    
As at 1 January 2019 
Additions 
Disposals 

As at 31 December 2019    
As at 31 December 2019
As at 31 December 2019
As at 31 December 2019

Accumulated depreciation
Accumulated depreciation    
Accumulated depreciation
Accumulated depreciation
As at 1 January 2019 
Charge for year 
Disposals 

As at 31 December 2019    
As at 31 December 2019
As at 31 December 2019
As at 31 December 2019

Carrying value at 31 December 2019    
Carrying value at 31 December 2019
Carrying value at 31 December 2019
Carrying value at 31 December 2019

Carrying value at 31 December 2018 

25. Intangible assets    
25. Intangible assets
25. Intangible assets
25. Intangible assets

GroupGroupGroupGroup    

CostCostCostCost    
As at 1 January 2019 
Acquisition of subsidiary (note 32) 
Additions 
Disposals 
As at 31 December 2019999    
As at 31 December 201
As at 31 December 201
As at 31 December 201

Accumulated amortisation
Accumulated amortisation    
Accumulated amortisation
Accumulated amortisation
As at 1 January 2019 
Charge for year / impairment  
Disposals 

As at 31 December 2019999    
As at 31 December 201
As at 31 December 201
As at 31 December 201

Carrying value at 31 December 2019999    
Carrying value at 31 December 201
Carrying value at 31 December 201
Carrying value at 31 December 201

Carrying value at 31 December 2018 

26. Deposits from customers    
26. Deposits from customers
26. Deposits from customers
26. Deposits from customers

Retail customers: term deposits 
Corporate customers: term deposits 

Leasehold
Leasehold    
Leasehold
Leasehold
Improvements
Improvements    
Improvements
Improvements
££££000000000000    

ITITITIT    
Equipment
Equipment    
Equipment
Equipment
££££000000000000    

Furniture &
Furniture &    
Furniture &
Furniture &
Equipment
Equipment    
Equipment
Equipment
££££000000000000    

RightRightRightRight----of of of of 
useuseuseuse----asset
asset    
asset
asset
£000    
£000
£000£000

234234234234    
----    
----    

234234234234    

131131131131    
38383838    
----    

169169169169    

65656565    

103 

13131313    
----    
----    

13131313    

3333    
1111    
----    

4444    

9999    

10 

16161616    
1111    
----    

11117777    

3333    
2222    
----    

5555    

11112222    

13 

----    
424424424424    
----    

424424424424    

----    
60606060    
----    

60606060    

364364364364    

- 

Customer 
Customer 
Customer 
Customer 
Contracts & Lists
Contracts & Lists    
Contracts & Lists
Contracts & Lists
££££000000000000    

Intellectual     
Intellectual 
Intellectual 
Intellectual 
Property Rights
Property Rights    
Property Rights
Property Rights
££££000000000000    

IT Software and 
IT Software and 
IT Software and 
IT Software and 
Website 
Website 
Website 
Website 
Development
Development    
Development
Development
££££000000000000    

1,417    
1,417
1,417
1,417
496496496496    
7777    
----    
1,920    
1,920
1,920
1,920

195195195195    
107107107107    
----    

302302302302    

1,618    
1,618
1,618
1,618

1,222 

388388388388    
143143143143    
8888    
----    
539539539539    

312312312312    
131131131131    
----    

443443443443    

96969696    

76 

2,046    
2,046
2,046
2,046
----    
117117117117    
----    
2,163    
2,163
2,163
2,163

1,392
1,392    
1,392
1,392
192192192192    
----    

1,584    
1,584
1,584
1,584

579579579579    

654 

Total
Total    
Total
Total
££££000000000000    

263263263263    
425425425425    
----    

688688688688    

137137137137    
101010101111    
----    

232323238888    

450450450450    

126 

Total
Total    
Total
Total
££££000000000000    

3,851    
3,851
3,851
3,851
639639639639    
132132132132    
----    
4,622    
4,622
4,622
4,622

1,899    
1,899
1,899
1,899
430430430430    
----    

2,329    
2,329
2,329
2,329

2,293    
2,293
2,293
2,293

1,952 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

203,241
203,241    
203,241
203,241
6,692    
6,692
6,692
6,692

209,933    
209,933
209,933
209,933

2018 
£000 

153,735 
4,765 

158,500 

Page | 57  

 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

27. Creditors and accrued charges    
27. Creditors and accrued charges
27. Creditors and accrued charges
27. Creditors and accrued charges

Commission creditors 
Other creditors and accruals 
Lease liability (see note 5) 
Taxation creditors 

28. Block creditors    
28. Block creditors
28. Block creditors
28. Block creditors

Group 

Company 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

1,044    
1,044
1,044
1,044
898989893333    
707707707707    
328328328328    

2,972    
2,972
2,972
2,972

2018 
£000 

758 
897 
- 
355 

2,010 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

----    
66666666    
509509509509    
----    

575575575575    

2012012012019999    
££££000000000000    

----    

----    

2018 
£000 

- 
94 
- 
- 

94 

2018 
£000 

138 

138 

2018 
£000 

1,750 
1,200 
460 

3,410 
12,461 
15,871 

Drawdown 3 – repayable 08/03/2019, interest payable at 6.5%, secured on assets of MFL 

29. Loan notes    
29. Loan notes
29. Loan notes
29. Loan notes

Related parties
Related parties    
Related parties
Related parties
J Mellon 
Burnbrae Limited 
Southern Rock Insurance Company Limited 

Unrelated parties    
Unrelated parties
Unrelated parties
Unrelated parties

Group 

Company 

NotesNotesNotesNotes    

JMJMJMJM    
BLBLBLBL    
SRSRSRSR    

UPUPUPUP    

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

1,750    
1,750
1,750
1,750
1,200
1,200    
1,200
1,200
460460460460    

3,410
3,410    
3,410
3,410
12,561    
12,561
12,561
12,561
15,15,15,15,999971717171    

2018 
£000 

1,750 
1,200 
460 

3,410 
12,461 
15,871 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

1,750    
1,750
1,750
1,750
1,200
1,200    
1,200
1,200
460460460460    

3,410
3,410    
3,410
3,410
12,12,12,12,555561616161    
15,15,15,15,999971717171    

JMJMJMJM – Two loans, one of £1,250,000 maturing on 26 February 2020, paying interest of 6.5% per annum, and one of £500,000 maturing 
on 31 July 2022 with interest payable of 5.0% per annum. Both loans are convertible at the rate of 7.5 pence and 9 pence respectively. 
See note 35 for the terms of the renewal of the £1,250,000 loan. 

BLBLBLBL – One loan consisting of £1,200,000 maturing on 31 July 2022 with interest payable of 5.0% per annum.  Jim Mellon is the beneficial 
owner of BL and Denham Eke is also a director.  The loan is convertible at a rate of 7.5 pence.   

SRSRSRSR – One loan consisting of £460,000 maturing on 26 February 2020 with interest payable of 6.5% per annum.  The loan is convertible 
at a rate of 9 pence.   John Banks, a previous Non-executive Director, is also a director of SR.   

UPUPUPUP – Thirty-three loans consisting of an average £380,636 with a average interest payable of 5.5% (2018: 5.4%) per annum.  The 
earliest maturity date is 20 January 2019 and the latest maturity is 10 October 2023.  

With respect to the convertible loans, the interest rate applied was deemed by the Directors to be equivalent to the market rate at the 
time with no conversion option.  
30. Pension liability
30. Pension liability    
30. Pension liability
30. Pension liability
The Conister Trust Pension and Life Assurance Scheme (“Scheme”) operated by the Bank is a funded defined benefit arrangement 
which  provides  retirement  benefits  based  on  final  pensionable  salary.  The  Scheme  is  closed  to  new  entrants  and  the  last  active 
member of the Scheme left pensionable service in 2011. 

The Scheme is approved in the Isle of Man by the Assessor of Income Tax under the Income Tax (Retirement Benefit Schemes) Act 
1978 and must comply with the relevant legislation. In addition, it is registered as an authorised scheme with the FSA in the Isle of 
Man under the Retirement Benefits Scheme Act 2000. The Scheme is subject to regulation by the FSA but there is no minimum 
funding regime in the Isle of Man.  

The  Scheme  is  governed  by  two  corporate  trustees,  Conister  Bank  Limited  and  Boal  &  Co  (Pensions)  Limited.  The  trustees  are 
responsible for the Scheme’s investment policy and for the exercise of discretionary powers in respect of the Scheme’s benefits. 

Page | 58  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

(continued)    
30. Pension liability (continued)
30. Pension liability 
(continued)
(continued)
30. Pension liability 
30. Pension liability 

The rules of the Scheme state: - “Each Employer shall pay such sums in each Scheme Year as are estimated to be required to provide 
the benefits of the Scheme in respect of the Members in its employ”. 

Exposure to risk    
Exposure to risk
Exposure to risk
Exposure to risk
The Company is exposed to the risk that additional contributions will be required in order to fund the Scheme as a result of poor 
experience. Some of the key factors that could lead to shortfalls are: 

investment performance – the return achieved on the Scheme’s assets may be lower than expected; and 

 
  mortality – members could live longer than foreseen. This would mean that benefits are paid for longer than expected, increasing 

the value of the related liabilities. 

In order to assess the sensitivity of the Scheme’s pension liability to these risks, sensitivity analyses have been carried out. Each 
sensitivity analysis is based on changing one of the assumptions used in the calculations, with no change in the other assumptions. 
The same method has been applied as was used to calculate the original pension liability and the results are presented in comparison 
to  that  liability.  It  should  be  noted  that  in  practice  it  is  unlikely  that  one  assumption  will  change  without  a  movement  in  the  other 
assumptions; there may also be some correlation between some of these assumptions. It should also be noted that the value placed 
on the liabilities does not change on a straight line basis when one of the assumptions is changed. For example, a 2.0% change in 
an assumption will not necessarily produce twice the effect on the liabilities of a 1.0% change. 

No  changes  have  been  made  to  the  method  or  to  the  assumptions  stress-tested  for  these  sensitivity  analyses  compared  to  the 
previous period. The investment strategy of the Scheme has been set with regard to the liability profile of the Scheme. However, there 
are no explicit asset-liability matching strategies in place.  

Restriction of assets    
Restriction of assets
Restriction of assets
Restriction of assets
No adjustments have been made to the statement of financial position items as a result of the requirements of IFRIC 14 – IAS 19: The 
Limit  on  a  Defined  Benefit  Asset,  Minimum  Funding  Requirements  and  their  Interaction,  issued  by  IASB’s  International  Financial 
Reporting Interpretations Committee. 

Scheme amendments    
Scheme amendments
Scheme amendments
Scheme amendments
There have not been any past service costs or settlements in the financial year ending 31 December 2019 (2018: none). 

Funding policy
Funding policy    
Funding policy
Funding policy
The  funding  method  employed  to  calculate  the  value  of  previously  accrued  benefits  is  the  Projected  Unit  Method.  Following  the 
cessation of accrual of benefits when the last active member left service in 2011, regular future service contributions to the Scheme 
are no longer required. However, additional contributions will still be required to cover any shortfalls that might arise following each 
funding valuation. 

The most recent triennial full actuarial valuation was carried out at 1 April 2016, which showed that the market value of the Scheme’s 
assets was £1,379,000 representing 80.7% of the benefits that had accrued to members, after allowing for expected future increases 
in earnings. As required by IAS 19: Employee Benefits, this valuation has been updated by the actuary as at 31 December 2019. 

The amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position are as follows: 

Total underfunding in funded plans recognised as a liability    
Total underfunding in funded plans recognised as a liability
Total underfunding in funded plans recognised as a liability
Total underfunding in funded plans recognised as a liability

Fair value of plan assets 
Present value of funded obligations 

Movement in the liability for defined benefit obligations    
Movement in the liability for defined benefit obligations
Movement in the liability for defined benefit obligations
Movement in the liability for defined benefit obligations

Opening defined benefit obligations at 1 January  
Benefits paid by the plan 
Interest on obligations 
Actuarial loss / (gain) 

Liability for defined benefit obligations at 31 December    
Liability for defined benefit obligations at 31 December
Liability for defined benefit obligations at 31 December
Liability for defined benefit obligations at 31 December

2019    
2019
20192019
££££000000000000    

1,471
1,471    
1,471
1,471
(2,159)    
(2,159)
(2,159)
(2,159)

(688)    
(688)
(688)
(688)

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

1,945    
1,945
1,945
1,945
(6(6(6(69999))))    
55555555    
222222228888    

2,159    
2,159
2,159
2,159

2018 
£000 

1,361 
(1,945) 

(584) 

2018 
£000 

2,029 
(65) 
52 
(71) 

1,945 

Page | 59  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

30. Pension liability (continued)    
30. Pension liability (continued)
30. Pension liability (continued)
30. Pension liability (continued)

Movement in plan assets    
Movement in plan assets
Movement in plan assets
Movement in plan assets

Opening fair value of plan assets at 1 January 
Expected return on assets 
Contribution by employer 
Actuarial gain / (loss) 
Benefits paid 

plan assets at 31 December    
Closing fair value of plan assets at 31 December
Closing fair value of 
plan assets at 31 December
plan assets at 31 December
Closing fair value of 
Closing fair value of 

Expense recognised in income statement    
Expense recognised in income statement
Expense recognised in income statement
Expense recognised in income statement

Interest on obligation 
Expected return on plan assets 

Total included in personnel costs    
Total included in personnel costs
Total included in personnel costs
Total included in personnel costs

Actual return on plan assets    
Actual return on plan assets
Actual return on plan assets
Actual return on plan assets

recognised in other comprehensive income     
loss    recognised in other comprehensive income 
Actuarial loss
Actuarial 
recognised in other comprehensive income 
recognised in other comprehensive income 
loss
loss
Actuarial 
Actuarial 

Actuarial gain / (loss) on plan assets 
Actuarial (loss) / gain on defined benefit obligations 

Plan assets consist of the following 
Plan assets consist of the following
Plan assets consist of the following
Plan assets consist of the following

Equity securities 
Corporate bonds 
Government bonds 
Cash 
Other 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

1,361
1,361    
1,361
1,361
33338888    
41414141    
100100100100    
(6(6(6(69999))))    

1,471    
1,471
1,471
1,471

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

55555555    
(3(3(3(38888))))    

11117777    

142142142142    

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

101010100000    
(2(2(2(228282828))))    

(128)    
(128)
(128)
(128)

2019
2019    
20192019
%%%%    

50505050    
11118888    
30303030    
2222    
----    
100100100100    

2018 
£000 

1,469 
37 
41 
(121) 
(65) 

1,361 

2018 
£000 

52 
(37) 

15 

(53) 

2018 
£000 

(121) 
71 

(50) 

2018 
% 

45 
19 
28 
4 
4 

100 

The actuarial assumptions used to calculate Scheme liabilities under IAS19 are as follows:    
The actuarial assumptions used to calculate Scheme liabilities under IAS19 are as follows:
The actuarial assumptions used to calculate Scheme liabilities under IAS19 are as follows:
The actuarial assumptions used to calculate Scheme liabilities under IAS19 are as follows:

Rate of increase in pension in payment:  
Service up to 5 April 1997 
Service from 6 April 1997 to 13 September 2005 
Service from 14 September 2005 
Rate of increase in deferred pensions 
Discount rate applied to scheme liabilities 
Inflation 

2012012012019999    
%%%%    

2018 
% 

2017 
% 

----    
3.03.03.03.0    
2.12.12.12.1    
5.05.05.05.0    
2.92.92.92.9    
3.13.13.13.1    

- 
3.0 
2.1 
5.0 
2.6 
3.1 

- 
3.0 
2.1 
5.0 
2.6 
3.1 

The assumptions used by the actuary are best estimates chosen from a range of possible assumptions, which due to the timescale 
covered, may not necessarily be borne out in practice.  

Page | 60  

 
 
 
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

31. Called up share capital     
31. Called up share capital 
31. Called up share capital 
31. Called up share capital 

Ordinary shares of no par value available for issue    
Ordinary shares of no par value available for issue
Ordinary shares of no par value available for issue
Ordinary shares of no par value available for issue

At 31 December 2019999    
At 31 December 201
At 31 December 201
At 31 December 201

At 31 December 2018 

Ordinary shares of no par value    
Issued and fully paid: ----    Ordinary shares of no par value
Issued and fully paid: 
Ordinary shares of no par value
Ordinary shares of no par value
Issued and fully paid: 
Issued and fully paid: 

December 2019999    
At 31 December 201
At 31 
December 201
December 201
At 31 
At 31 

At 31 December 2018 

Number    
       Number
Number
Number

200,200,000    
200,200,000
200,200,000
200,200,000

200,200,000    

££££000000000000    

20,732    
20,732
20,732
20,732

20,732 

Number    
       Number
Number
Number

131,096,235    
131,096,235
131,096,235
131,096,235

131,096,235 

There are four convertible loans of £3,410,000 (2018: £3,410,000).  

On  23  June  2014,  1,750,000  share  options  were  issued  to  Executive  Directors  and  senior  management  within  the  Group  at  an 
exercise price of 14 pence. The options vest over three years with a charge based on the fair value of 8 pence per option at the date 
of  grant.  The  period  of  grant  is  for  10  years  less  1  day  ending  22  June  2024.  Of  the  1,750,000  share  options  issued,  1,050,000 
(2018:1,050,000) remain outstanding; the balance lapsed during 2017. 

Performance and service conditions attached to share options that have not fully vested are as follows:  

(a)  The options granted on 25 June 2010 (1,056,000 options) will vest if the mid-market share price of £0.30 is achieved during the 

period of grant (10 years ending 25 June 2020); and  

(b)  The options granted on 25 June 2010 and 23 June 2014 require a minimum of three years’ continuous employment service in 

order to exercise upon the vesting date. 

The fair value of services received in return for share options granted is based on the fair value of share options granted, measured 
using a binomial probability model with the following inputs for each award: 

Fair value at date of grant 
Share price 
Exercise price 
Expected volatility 
Option life 
Risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds) 
Forfeiture rate 

The charge for the year for share options granted was £nil (2018: £nil). 

Analysis of changes in financing during the year    
Analysis of changes in financing during the year
Analysis of changes in financing during the year
Analysis of changes in financing during the year

Analysis of changes in financing during the year    
Analysis of changes in financing during the year
Analysis of changes in financing during the year
Analysis of changes in financing during the year

Balance at 1 January 
Issue of loan notes 

23 June 
2014 

£0.08 
£0.14 
£0.14 
55.0% 
3 
0.5% 
33.3% 

25 June 
2010 

£0.03 
£0.11 
£0.11 
47.0% 
3 
2.2% 
0.0% 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

36,603
36,603    
36,603
36,603
100100100100    

36,703333    
36,70
36,70
36,70

2018 
£000 

29,727 
6,876 

36,603 

The 2019 closing balance is represented by £20,732,000 share capital (2018: £20,732,000) and £15,971,000 of loan notes (2018: 
£15,871,000).  

Page | 61  

 
 
 
    
       
       
       
    
 
 
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

undertakings    
32. Investment in Group undertakings
32. Investment in Group 
undertakings
undertakings
32. Investment in Group 
32. Investment in Group 

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries    
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries
The Company has the following investments in subsidiaries incorporated in the Isle of Man:  

Carrying value of investments    
Carrying value of investments
Carrying value of investments
Carrying value of investments

Nature of 
Business    

31 December
31 December    
31 December
31 December
2019    
2019
20192019
% Holding    
% Holding
% Holding
% Holding

Date of 
Incorporation    

Conister Bank Limited 
Edgewater Associates Limited 
TransSend Holdings Limited 
Bradburn Limited  

Asset and Personal Finance 
Wealth Management 
 Holding Company for Prepaid Card Division 
Holding Company 

100100100100    
100100100100    
100100100100    
100100100100    

05/12/1935 
24/12/1996 
05/11/2007 
15/05/2009 

Total
Total    
Total
Total
2019    
2019
20192019
££££000000000000    

15,817
15,817    
15,817
15,817
2,005
2,005    
2,005
2,005
----    
----    
17,822    
17,822
17,822
17,822

Total 
2018 
£000 

14,167 
2,005 
- 
- 
16,172 

Blue Star Business Solutions Limited
Blue Star Business Solutions Limited    
Blue Star Business Solutions Limited
Blue Star Business Solutions Limited
On  16  April  2019,  the  Group  (through  Bradburn  Limited)  acquired  100%  of  the  shares  and  voting  interest  in  Blue  Star  Business 
Solutions Limited (“BBSL”), obtaining control of BBSL. This acquisition is part of the Group's strategy to increase its distribution in the 
UK  broker  market.  BBSL  was  formed  in  2004  and  is  based  in  Hampshire.   The business  is  a  niche  brokerage  which  focuses  on 
delivering excellent customer service to small and medium sized businesses in the UK that require funding for IT equipment amongst 
other assets. The Group invested in BBSL to allow it to grow profitably by gaining market share and through its banking subsidiary, 
Conister Bank Limited, writing the majority of its funding requests.  

For the 9 months ended 31 December 2019, BBSL contributed revenue of £719,115 and a consolidated profit of £346,241 including 
its lending contribution to the Group. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2019, management estimates that the consolidated 
revenue would have been £922,345 and consolidated profit for the year would have been £361,348. Individual results for the 9 months 
ended 31 December 2019 recorded a loss of £24,378. 

A. Consideration transferred
A. Consideration transferred    
A. Consideration transferred
A. Consideration transferred
The following table summarises the acquisition-date fair value of each major class of consideration transferred: 

Cash 
Contingent consideration 

£000    
£000
£000£000

1,500    
1,500
1,500
1,500
775775775775    
2,275    
2,275
2,275
2,275

i. Contingent consideration transferred
i. Contingent consideration transferred    
i. Contingent consideration transferred
i. Contingent consideration transferred
The Group has agreed to pay the selling shareholders: 

  50% of net profits in BBSL for 3 years post completion; and 
  50% of the incremental net profit that the Group benefits from as a result of taking up BBSL loan proposals post completion 

up until the third anniversary. 

This is to be paid on each anniversary with a final payment in year 4 for the unrealised lending profit. The total consideration is to 
have a cap of £4,000,000 in total. The contingent consideration is calculated by forecasting 3 years of net profits discounted using an 
interest rate of 16.0% per annum.  Unwinding the discount up to 31 December 2019 has created an £88,000 of interest expense in 
the  Consolidated  Income  Statement,  bringing  the  balance  to  £863,000.  The  range  of  contingent  consideration  payable  is  £nil  - 
£2,500,000. 

related costs    
B. Acquisition----related costs
B. Acquisition
related costs
related costs
B. Acquisition
B. Acquisition
In the current year, the Group incurred acquisition-related costs of £20,000 relating to external legal fees and due diligence costs. 
These costs have been included in ‘administrative expenses’ in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income. 

C. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed    
C. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
C. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
C. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
The following table summarises the recognised amounts of assets acquired, and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition: 

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other payables 
Loans and borrowings 
acquired    
Total identifiable net assets acquired
Total identifiable net assets 
acquired
acquired
Total identifiable net assets 
Total identifiable net assets 

The trade receivables comprise gross contractual amounts due of £114,000.

£000    
£000
£000£000

289289289289    
639639639639    
114114114114    
111163636363    
(2(2(2(203030303))))    
(11(11(11(117777))))    
888885858585    

Page | 62  

 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

(continued)    
32. Investment in Group undertakings    (continued)
32. Investment in Group undertakings
(continued)
(continued)
32. Investment in Group undertakings
32. Investment in Group undertakings
(continued)    
Blue Star Business Solutions Limited    (continued)
Blue Star Business Solutions Limited
(continued)
(continued)
Blue Star Business Solutions Limited
Blue Star Business Solutions Limited

D. Goodwill
D. Goodwill    
D. Goodwill
D. Goodwill
The goodwill arising from the acquisition has been recognised as follows: 

Total consideration transferred 
Fair value of identifiable net assets 
oodwill    
GGGGoodwill
oodwill
oodwill

Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Amounts owed to Group undertakings    
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Amounts owed to Group undertakings are unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand. 

Subordinated loans    
Subordinated loans
Subordinated loans
Subordinated loans
MFG has issued several subordinated loans as part of its equity funding into the Bank and EAL. 

Creation 

Maturity 

Interest rate 

Limited    
Conister Bank Limited
Conister Bank 
Conister Bank 
Limited
Limited
Conister Bank 
11 February 2014 
27 May 2014 
9 July 2014 
17 September 2014 
22 July 2013 
25 October 2013 
23 September 2016 
14 June 2017 
12 June 2018 

Edgewater Associates Limited
Edgewater Associates Limited    
Edgewater Associates Limited
Edgewater Associates Limited
14 May 2012 
28 February 2013 
21 February 2017 
14 May 2017 

11 February 2024 
27 May 2024 
9 July 2024 
17 September 2026 
22 July 2033 
22 October 2033 
23 September 2036 
14 June 2037 
12 June 2038 

14 May 2017 
28 February 2018 
21 February 2027 
14 May 2027 

7.0% 
7.0% 
7.0% 
7.0% 
7.0% 
7.0% 
7.0% 
7.0% 
7.0% 

7.0% 
7.0% 
7.0% 
7.0% 

£000    
£000
£000£000

2,275
2,275    
2,275
2,275
(8(8(8(885858585))))    
1,31,31,31,390909090    

2018 
£000 

500 
500 
500 
400 
1,000 
1,000 
1,100 
450 
2,000 

- 
50 
150 
128 
7,778 

2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

500500500500    
500500500500    
500500500500    
400400400400    
1,000
1,000    
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000    
1,000
1,000
1,100
1,100    
1,100
1,100
450450450450    
2,000    
2,000
2,000
2,000

----    
50505050    
150150150150    
128128128128    
7,778    
7,778
7,778
7,778

EAL’s subordinated loan that matured on 28 February 2018 continues in existence and has not been called for payment by MFG. 

Goodwill        
Goodwill
Goodwill
Goodwill

EAL 
BBSL 
ECF Asset Finance PLC (“ECF”) 
Three Spires Insurance Services Limited (“Three Spires”) 

GroupGroupGroupGroup    
2019
2019    
20192019
££££000000000000    

1,849
1,849    
1,849
1,849
1,31,31,31,390909090    
454454454454    
41414141    
3,73,73,73,734343434    

Group 
2018 
£000 

1,849 
- 
454 
41 
2,344 

Goodwill impairment
Goodwill impairment    
Goodwill impairment
Goodwill impairment
The  goodwill  is  considered  to  have an  indefinite  life  and  is reviewed on  an  annual  basis by  comparing  its  estimated  recoverable 
amount with its carrying value.  

The estimated recoverable amount in relation to the goodwill generated on the purchase of EAL is based on the forecasted 3 year 
cash flow projections, extrapolated to 10 years using a 2.0% annual increment, and then discounted using a 11.0% discount factor. 
The sensitivity of the analysis was tested using additional discount factors of 15.0% and 20.0% on stable profit levels. 

Page | 63  

 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
 
    
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

(continued)    
32. Investment in Group undertakings    (continued)
32. Investment in Group undertakings
(continued)
(continued)
32. Investment in Group undertakings
32. Investment in Group undertakings

Goodwill impairment
(continued)    
Goodwill impairment    (continued)
(continued)
(continued)
Goodwill impairment
Goodwill impairment
The estimated  recoverable amount  in  relation  to  the goodwill  generated  on  the  purchase  of  BBSL  is based on forecasted  3 year 
interest income calculated at an average yield of 8%, with a terminal value calculated using a 3.0% growth rate of net income and 
then discounted using a 16.0% discount factor. The sensitivity of the analysis was tested using additional discount factors of up to 
20.0% on varying interest income growth rates. 

The estimated recoverable amount in relation to the goodwill generated on the purchase of ECF is based on forecasted 3 year sales 
interest income calculated at 5.0% margin, extrapolated to 10 years using a 2.0% annual increment, and then discounted using a 
11.0% discount factor. The sensitivity of the analysis was tested using additional discount factors of 15.0% and 20.0% on varying 
sales volumes.  

There has been no change in the detailed method of measurement for EAL and ECF when compared to 2018.  The goodwill generated 
on the purchase of Three Spires has been reviewed at the current year end and is considered adequate given its income streams 
referred to EAL.  Based on the above reviews no impairment to goodwill has been made in the current year. 

AcqAcqAcqAcquisition of Incahoot Limited
uisition of Incahoot Limited    
uisition of Incahoot Limited
uisition of Incahoot Limited
On 6 March 2015, the business of Incahoot Limited was acquired by Manx Incahoot Limited, a subsidiary of the Group.  

On 9 December 2016, a valuation was conducted by an independent firm of professional advisers on the intellectual property rights 
acquired for the purpose of including within these financial statements. The independent firm addressed the three levels of the IFRS 
fair value hierarchy and concluded that level 3 was most appropriate as the intellectual property rights acquired had no active markets 
(Level 1), or comparable assets against which to index prices (Level 2).  Therefore, the report valued the intellectual property rights 
acquired based on internally generated data (Level 3) being: costs incurred to date and cash flow projections. The report averaged 
two valuation approaches, the replacement cost approach and the income approach using a discount factor of 42.5%, to arrive at a 
final valuation of £262,474. This created an impairment of £48,026. On 2 February 2018, the valuation was again updated which lead 
to a reduced valuation of £154,427. This created an additional impairment of £108,047.  

The Directors performed an internal impairment assessment and consider the recoverable amount of the intellectual property rights 
to be £nil (2018: £76,000) at 31 December 2019. This created an impairment charge of £76,000 for intellectual property rights and 
£32,047 for the website during the current year. 

Investment in associates    
Investment in associates
Investment in associates
Investment in associates

The Business Lending Exchange (“BLX”) 
Beer Swaps Limited (“BSL”) 
Payitmonthly Ltd (“PIML”) 

GroupGroupGroupGroup    
2012012012019999    
££££000000000000    

166166166166    
20202020    
96969696    
282282282282    

Group 
2018 
£000 

56 
10 
92 
158 

On December 2017, 40.0% of the share capital of BLX was acquired for nil consideration. The Group’s share of the associate’s total 
comprehensive income during the year was £110,000 (2018: £18,000). 

On  April  2018,  20%  of  the  share  capital  of  BSL  was  acquired  for  nil  consideration.  The  Group’s  share  of  the  associate’s  total 
comprehensive income during the year was £10,000 (2018: £10,000). 

On  August  2018,  30%  of  the  share  capital  of  PIML  was  acquired  for  £90,000  consideration.  The  Group’s  resulting  share  of  the 
associates total comprehensive income during the year was £4,000 (2018: £2,000). 

Page | 64  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
 
    
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
 
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

33. Related party transactions    
33. Related party transactions
33. Related party transactions
33. Related party transactions

Cash deposits
Cash deposits    
Cash deposits
Cash deposits
During the year, the Bank held cash on deposit on behalf of Jim Mellon (Executive Chairman of MFG) and companies related to Jim 
Mellon  and  Denham  Eke  (Chief  Executive  Officer  of  MFG).    Total  deposits  amounted  to  £446,366  (2018:  £173,157),  at  normal 
commercial interest rates in accordance with the standard rates offered by the Bank.  

Staff and commercial loans
Staff and commercial loans    
Staff and commercial loans
Staff and commercial loans
Details of staff loans are given in note 22. 

Commercial loans have been made to various companies connected to Jim Mellon and Denham Eke on normal commercial terms. 
As at 31 December 2019, £62,746 of capital and interest was outstanding (2018: £113,328). 

Intercompany recharges
Intercompany recharges    
Intercompany recharges
Intercompany recharges
Various  intercompany  recharges  are  made  during  the  course  of  the  year  as  a  result  of  the  Bank  settling  debts  in  other  Group 
companies. EAL provides services to the Group in arranging its insurance and defined contribution pension arrangements. 

Loan advance to EA
Loan advance to EALLLL    
Loan advance to EA
Loan advance to EA
On 14 December 2016, a loan advance was made to EAL by the Bank in order to provide the finance required to acquire MBL.  The 
advance was for £700,000 at an interest rate of 8% per annum repayable over 6 years.  A negative pledge was given by EAL to not 
encumber any property or assets or enter into an arrangement to borrow any further monies. The balance as at 31 December 2019 
was £395,172 (2018: £508,000). 

Loan advance to BLX
Loan advance to BLX    
Loan advance to BLX
Loan advance to BLX
On 11 October 2017, a £4,000,000 loan facility was made available to BLX by the Bank in order to provide the finance required to 
expand its operations. The facility is for 12 months, followed by a 3 year amortisation period. Interest is charged at commercial rates. 
At 31 December 2019, £4,000,000 (2018: £2,520,000) had been advanced to BLX. 

Loan advance to BSL
Loan advance to BSL    
Loan advance to BSL
Loan advance to BSL
On 27 April 2018, a £1,000,000 loan facility was made available to BSL by the Bank in order to provide the finance required to expand 
its leasing portfolio. On 10 October 2018, this facility was increased to £1,500,000. The facility is for 12 months. Interest is charged 
at commercial rates. During the year, the facility was increased to £2,250,000. At 31 December 2019, £2,250,000 (2018: £1,099,000) 
had been advanced to BSL. 

Loan advance to PIML
Loan advance to PIML    
Loan advance to PIML
Loan advance to PIML
On 24 May 2018, a £500,000 loan facility was made available to PIML by the Bank in order to provide the finance required to expand 
its operations. The facility is for 12 months. Interest is charged at commercial rates. During the year, the facility was increased to 
£1,500,000. At 31 December 2019, £1,424,000 (2018: £322,000) had been advanced to PIML.  

Investments    
Investments
Investments
Investments
The Bank holds less than 1% equity in the share capital of an investment of which Jim Mellon is a Shareholder (note 21).  Denham 
Eke acts as co-chairman. 

Subordi
nated loans    
Subordinated loans
nated loans
nated loans
Subordi
Subordi
The Company has advanced £7,450,000 (2018: £7,450,000) of subordinated loans to the Bank and £328,000 (2018: £328,000) to 
EAL at 31 December 2019. See note 32 for more details. 

Loan notes
Loan notes    
Loan notes
Loan notes
See note 29 for a list of related party loan notes as at 31 December 2019 and 2018. 

Key management remuneration including Executive Directors    
Key management remuneration including Executive Directors
Key management remuneration including Executive Directors
Key management remuneration including Executive Directors

Short-term employee benefits 

2012012012019999    
££££000000000000    

309309309309    

2018 
£000 

297 

Page | 65  

 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

34. Operating leases    
34. Operating leases
34. Operating leases
34. Operating leases

Non-cancellable lease rentals are payable in respect of property and motor vehicles as follows:  

Less than one year 
Between one and five years 
Over five years 

35. Subsequent events    
35. Subsequent events
35. Subsequent events
35. Subsequent events

2019    
2019
20192019
Leasehold
Leasehold    
Leasehold
Leasehold
Property    
Property
Property
Property
££££000000000000    

101101101101    
----    
----    

101101101101    

2018 
Leasehold 
Property 
£000 

214 
790 
162 

1,166 

Acquisition of subsidiary    
Acquisition of subsidiary
Acquisition of subsidiary
Acquisition of subsidiary
On  28  February  2020,  the  Group  announced  that  it  has  entered  into  an  agreement  to  acquire  (through  its  subsidiary,  the  Bank) 
additional ordinary shares in BSL (see note 32) for a cash consideration of £506,824. The Bank’s shareholding in BSL will increase 
to  75%  (31  December  2019:  20%)  on  completion  of  the  purchase.  Further  the  Bank  will  simplify  the  capital  structure  of  BSL  by 
repaying all issued preference shares, being £200,000, as part of the transaction plus repayment of Director loans of £100,000..  

Loan notes
ote 29)    
(see nnnnote 29)
Loan notes    (see 
ote 29)
ote 29)
(see 
(see 
Loan notes
Loan notes
The £1,250,000 loan note due to mature on 26 February 2020 and paying interest of 6.5% per annum has been renewed at an interest 
rate of 5.4% and for a term of 5 years. 

The £460,000 loan note due to mature on 26 February 2020 and paying interest of 6.5% per annum was renewed for a further 2 
months with no change to other terms. 

COVID
COVID----19191919    
COVID
COVID
In late February 2020, the UK recorded its first case of the coronavirus “COVID-19”, which shortly spread to the IOM in the following 
month. In an attempt to contain the outbreak, both the UK and Manx Governments, in line with action taken by other Governments 
throughout  the  world,  introduced  a  number  of  significant  restrictions  on  businesses,  human  movement  and  social  interactions, 
including shutting down a wide range of economic sectors in which the Group has significant interest.    

Both the UK and Manx Governments launched various financial support measures to provide vital liquidity and relief to both individuals 
and businesses struggling to trade through this global economic crisis. 

The Group is closely monitoring the coronavirus pandemic and its potential impacts on its business. The extent to which COVID-19 
impacts the Group’s business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new 
information that may emerge on the severity of COVID-19 and the success of efforts to contain or treat COVID-19. 

In line with the Financial Reporting Council’s joint statement on 26 March 2020, the Group does not consider COVID-19 to be an 
adjusting event and as such any impacts are not reflected within this Annual Report. 

The Group assessed the changes in the environment on its capital and liquidity positions and is comfortable that it can keep a solid 
financial standing.  Management will continue to monitor the developments and update its strategy and course of actions as necessary 
in the circumstances. 

OtherOtherOtherOther    
There were no other significant subsequent events identified after 31 December 2019. 

Page | 66  

 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

36. Financial risk management    
36. Financial risk management
36. Financial risk management
36. Financial risk management

A. Introduction and overview
A. Introduction and overview    
A. Introduction and overview
A. Introduction and overview
The Group has exposure to the following risks from financial instruments: 

  credit risk; 
 
liquidity risk; 
  market risks; and 
  operational risks. 

i. Risk management framework
i. Risk management framework    
i. Risk management framework
i. Risk management framework
The Company’s Board have overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. 
The  Board  of  Directors  have  established  the  Group  Audit,  Risk  and  Compliance  Committee  (‘ARCC’),  which  is  responsible  for 
approving and monitoring Group risk management policies. ARCC is assisted in its oversight role by Internal Audit. Internal Audit 
undertakes both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk management controls and procedures, the results of which are reported to the 
ARCC. 

The Group’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk 
limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. The risk management policies and systems are reviewed regularly 
to reflect changes in market conditions and the Group’s activities. The Group, though its training and management standards and 
procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment in which all employees understand their roles and 
obligations. 

B.B.B.B.    Credit risk
Credit risk    
Credit risk
Credit risk
‘Credit risk’ is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual 
obligations,  and  arises principally  from  the  Group’s  loans  and  advances  to  customers  and  investment  debt  securities. Credit  risk 
includes counterparty, concentration, underwriting and credit mitigation risks.  

Management of credit risk
Management of credit risk 
Management of credit risk
Management of credit risk
The Bank’s Board of Directors created the Credit Committee which is responsible for managing credit risk, including the following: 

  Formulating credit policies in consultation with business units, covering collateral requirements, credit assessments, risk 
grading and reporting, documentary and legal procedures, and compliance with regulatory and statutory requirements. 
  Establishing the authorisation structure for the approval and renewal of credit facilities. Authorisation limits are allocated to 

in line with credit policy. 

  Reviewing and assessing credit risk: The Credit Committee assesses all credit exposures in excess of designated limits, 
before facilities are committed to customers. Renewals and reviews of facilities are subject to the same review process. 

Management of credit risk (continued)    
Management of credit risk (continued)
Management of credit risk (continued)
Management of credit risk (continued)

  Limiting concentrations of exposures to counterparties, geographies and industries, by issuer, credit rating band, market 

liquidity and country (for debt securities). 

  Developing and maintaining risk grading’s to categorise exposures according to the degree of risk of default. The current 

risk grading consists of 3 grades reflecting varying degrees of risk of default.  

  Developing and maintaining the Group’s process for measuring ECL: This includes processes for: 

o 
o 
o 

initial approval, regular validation and back-testing of the models used;  
determining and monitoring significant increase in credit risk; and  
incorporation of forward-looking information. 

  Reviewing compliance with agreed exposure limits. Regular reports on the credit quality of portfolios are provided to the 

Credit Committee which may require corrective action to be taken.  

C. Liquidity risk
C. Liquidity risk    
C. Liquidity risk
C. Liquidity risk
‘Liquidity risk’ is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are 
settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. Liquidity risk arises from mismatches in the timing and amounts of cash flows, 
which is inherent to the Group’s operations and investments. 

Management of liquidity risk
Management of liquidity risk    
Management of liquidity risk
Management of liquidity risk
The  Group’s  approach  to  managing  liquidity  is  to  ensure,  as  far  as  possible,  that  it  will  always  have  enough  liquidity  to  meet  its 
liabilities when they are due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to 
the Group’s reputation. The key elements of the Group’s liquidity strategy are as follows: 

  Funding base: offering six-months to five-year fixed term deposit structure with no early redemption option. This means the 
Bank is not subject to optionality risk where customers redeem fixed rate products where there may be a better rate available 
within the market;  

  Funding profile: the Bank has a matched funding profile and does not engage in maturity transformation which means that 

on a cumulative mismatch position the Bank is forecast to be able to meet all liabilities as they fall due; 

Page | 67  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

ent (continued)    
36. Financial risk management (continued)
36. Financial risk managem
ent (continued)
ent (continued)
36. Financial risk managem
36. Financial risk managem

C. Liquidity risk (continued)
C. Liquidity risk (continued)    
C. Liquidity risk (continued)
C. Liquidity risk (continued)
(continued)    
Management of liquidity risk    (continued)
Management of liquidity risk
(continued)
(continued)
Management of liquidity risk
Management of liquidity risk

  Monitoring maturity mismatches, behavioural characteristics of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities, and the 
extent to which the Group’s assets are encumbered and so not available as potential collateral for obtaining funding.  
  Liquidity buffer: the Bank maintains a liquidity buffer of 10.0% of its deposit liabilities, with strict short-term mismatch limits 
of 0.0% for sight to three months and -5.0% for sight to six months. This ensures that the Bank is able to withstand any short-
term liquidity shock; and 
Interbank market: the Bank has no exposure to the interbank lending market. The Bank has no reliance on liquidity via the 
wholesale markets. In turn, if market conditions meant access to the wholesale funding was constrained as per the 2008 
credit crisis, this would have no foreseeable effect on the Bank.  

 

The Bank’s liquidity position is monitored daily against internal and external limits agreed with the FSA and according to the Bank’s 
Liquidity Policy. The Bank also has a Liquidity Contingency Policy and Liquidity Contingency Committee in the event of a liquidity 
crisis or potential liquidity disruption event occur.    

The Treasury department receives information from other business units regarding the liquidity profile of their financial assets and 
financial liabilities and details of other projected cash flows arising from projected future business. Treasury then maintains a portfolio 
of short-term liquid assets, largely made up of short-term liquid investment securities, loans and advances to banks and other inter-
bank facilities, to ensure that sufficient liquidity is maintained within the Group as a whole. 

Regular liquidity stress testing is conducted under a variety of scenarios covering both normal and more severe market conditions. 
The scenarios are developed considering both Group-specific events and market-related events (e.g. prolonged market illiquidity). 

D. Market risk
D. Market risk    
D. Market risk
D. Market risk
‘Market risk’ is the risk that changes in market prices – e.g. interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and credit spreads 
(not relating to changes in the obligor’s/issuer’s credit standing) will affect the Group’s income or value of its holdings of financial 
instruments. The objective of the Group’s market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable 
parameters to ensure the Group’s solvency while optimising the return on risk. 

Management of market risks
Management of market risks    
Management of market risks
Management of market risks
Overall authority for market risk is vested in the Assets and Liabilities Committee (“ALCO”) who sets up limits for each type of risk. 
Group finance is responsible for the development of risk management policies (subject to review and approval by the ALCO) and for 
the day-to-day review of their implementation. 

Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk    
Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk
The Bank is not subject to foreign exchange risks and its business is conducted in pounds sterling. 

Equity risk 
Equity risk
Equity risk
Equity risk
The Group has investment in associates of £282,000 (2018: £158,000) which are carried at cost adjusted for the Group’s share of net 
asset value. The investment is audited annually and the Bank has access to these accounts. The Bank’s exposure to market risk is 
not considered significant given the low carrying amount of the investment. 

The Group’s investment in listed equities is not considered significant.  

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk    
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk
The principal potential interest rate risk that the Bank is exposed to is the risk that the fixed interest rate and term profile of its deposit 
base differs materially from the fixed interest rate and term profile of its asset base, or basis and term structure risk.  
Additional interest rate risk may arise for banks where (a) customers are able to react to market sensitivity and redeem fixed rate 
products and (b) where a bank has taken out interest rate derivate hedges especially against longer term interest rate risk, where the 
hedge moves against the bank.  

Interest rate risk for the Bank is not deemed to be currently material due to the Bank’s matched funding profile. Any interest rate risk 
assumed by the Bank will arise from a reduction in interest rates, in a rising environment due to the nature of the Bank’s products and 
its matched funded profile. The Bank should be able to increase its lending rate to match any corresponding rise in its cost of funds, 
notwithstanding  its  inability  to vary  rates  on  its  existing  loan  book.  The  Bank  attempts  to efficiently  match  its  deposit  taking  to  its 
funding requirements. 

Page | 68  

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

(continued)    
36. Financial risk management    (continued)
36. Financial risk management
(continued)
(continued)
36. Financial risk management
36. Financial risk management

E. Operational risk
E. Operational risk    
E. Operational risk
E. Operational risk
‘Operational risk’ is the risk of direct or indirect loss arising from a wide variety of causes associated with the Group’s processes, 
personnel, technology and infrastructure, and from external factors other than credit, market and liquidity risks – e.g. those arising 
from legal and regulatory requirements and generally accepted standards of corporate behaviour. Operational risks arise from all of 
the Group’s operations. 

Management of operational risk
Management of operational risk    
Management of operational risk
Management of operational risk
The Group’s objective is to manage operational risk so as to balance the avoidance of financial losses and damage to the Group’s 
reputation with overall cost effectiveness and innovation. In all cases, Group policy requires compliance with all applicable legal and 
regulatory requirements. 

The Group has developed standards for the management of operational risk in the following areas: 

requirements for appropriate segregation of duties, including the independent authorisation of transactions; 
requirements for the reconciliation and monitoring of transactions; 

  business continuity planning; 
 
 
  compliance with regulatory and other legal requirements; 
  documentation of controls and procedures; 
  periodic assessment of operational risks faced, and the adequacy of controls and procedures to address the risks identified; 
 
  development of contingency plans; 

requirements for the reporting of operational losses and proposed remedial action; 

Management of operational risk (continued)    
Management of operational risk (continued)
Management of operational risk (continued)
Management of operational risk (continued)

training and professional development; 

 
  ethical and business standards; 
 
 

information technology and cyber risks; and  
risk mitigation, including insurance where this is cost-effective. 

Compliance with Group standards is supported by a programme of periodic reviews undertaken by Internal Audit. The results of 
Internal Audit reviews are discussed with ARCC.    

37. Basis of measurement
37. Basis of measurement    
37. Basis of measurement
37. Basis of measurement
The financial statements are prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the following material items: 

Items    
Items
Items
Items

Measurement basis    
Measurement basis
Measurement basis
Measurement basis

Financial  instruments  at  fair  value  through  profit  and  loss 
(“FVTPL”) 
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 
(“FVOCI”) 
Net defined benefit asset/liability 

Fair value 

Fair value 

Fair  value  of  plan  assets  less  the  present  value  of  the 
defined benefit obligation 

Page | 69  

 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
    
 
 
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

38. Significant accounting policies    
38. Significant accounting policies
38. Significant accounting policies
38. Significant accounting policies

Except for the changes explained in Note 5, the Group has consistently applied the following accounting policies to all periods 
presented in these financial statements.  

Set out below is an index of the significant accounting policies, the details of which are available on the pages that follow: 

Ref.Ref.Ref.Ref.    

Note description    
Note description
Note description
Note description

A. 
B.  
C. 
D.  
E. 
F. 
G. 

H. 
I. 
J. 
K. 
L. 
M. 
N. 

O. 
P. 
Q. 

Basis of consolidation of subsidiaries and separate financial statements of the Company 
Interest in equity accounted investees 
Interest 
Fee and commission income 
Leases 
Income tax 
Financial assets and financial liabilities 
i. Recognition and initial measurement 
ii. Classification 
iii. Derecognition 
iv. Modifications of financial assets and financial liabilities 
v. Offsetting 
vi. Fair value measurement 
vii. Impairment 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Loans and advances 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangibles assets and goodwill 
Impairment of non-financial assets 
Deposits, debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities 
Employee benefits 
i. Long-term employee benefits 
ii. Share-based compensation 
Share capital and reserves 
Earnings per share (“EPS”) 
Segmental reporting 

No.No.No.No.    

71 
71 
71 
72 
72 
72 

72 
73 
73 
74 
74 
74 
75 
77 
77 
77 
77 
78 
78 
79 
79 
79 
79 
79 
79 

Page | 70  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

38. Significant accounting policies (continued)    
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
Company    
A. Basis of consolidation of subsidiaries and separate financial statements of the Company
A. Basis of consolidation of subsidiaries and separate financial statements of the 
Company
Company
A. Basis of consolidation of subsidiaries and separate financial statements of the 
A. Basis of consolidation of subsidiaries and separate financial statements of the 

i. Business combinations
i. Business combinations 
i. Business combinations
i. Business combinations
The  Group  accounts  for  business  combinations  using  the  acquisition  method  when  control  is  transferred  to  the  Group.  The 
consideration transferred in the acquisition is generally measured at fair value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. Any goodwill 
that arises is tested annually for impairment. Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognised in profit or loss immediately. Transaction 
costs are expensed as incurred, except if they are related to issue of debt or equity securities. 

ii. Subsidiaries
ii. Subsidiaries 
ii. Subsidiaries
ii. Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity if it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from 
its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The Group reassesses 
whether it has control if there are changes to one or more of the elements of control. This includes circumstances in which protective 
rights held (e.g. those resulting from a lending relationship) become substantive and lead to the Group having power over an investee. 
The  financial  statements  of  subsidiaries  are  included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  from  the  date  on  which  control 
commences until the date on which control ceases. 

iii. Loss of con
trol 
iii. Loss of control
trol
trol
iii. Loss of con
iii. Loss of con
When the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary, and any related Non-
Controlling Interest (“NCI”) and other components of equity. Any resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss. Any interest 
retained in the former subsidiary is measured at fair value when control is lost.  

iv. Transactions eliminated on consolidation
iv. Transactions eliminated on consolidation 
iv. Transactions eliminated on consolidation
iv. Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated 
in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to 
the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. 

v. Separate financial statements of the Company
v. Separate financial statements of the Company 
v. Separate financial statements of the Company
v. Separate financial statements of the Company
In the separate financial statements of the Company, interests in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are accounted for at cost. 

B. Interests in equity accounted investees    
B. Interests in equity accounted investees
B. Interests in equity accounted investees
B. Interests in equity accounted investees
The Group’s interests in equity accounted investees may comprise interests in associates and joint ventures. 

Associates  are  those  entities  in  which  the  Group  has  significant  influence,  but  not  control  or  joint  control,  over  the  financial  and 
operating policies. A joint venture is an arrangement in which the Group has joint control, whereby the Group has rights to the net 
assets of the arrangement, rather than rights to its assets and obligations for its liabilities.  

Interests  in  associates and  joint  ventures  are  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method. They  are  initially  recognised  at cost,  which 
includes transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of the 
profit or loss and OCI of equity accounted investees, until the date on which significant influence or joint control ceases. 

CCCC. Interest 
. Interest     
. Interest 
. Interest 
Interest income and expense are recognised in profit or loss using the effective interest rate method.  
Effective interest rate 
The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts of the financial instrument to 
the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. The discount period is the expected life or, where appropriate, a 
shorter period. The calculation includes all amounts receivable or payable by the Group that are an integral part of the overall return, 
including origination fees, loan incentives, broker fees payable, estimated early repayment charges, balloon payments and all other 
premiums  and  discounts.  It  also  includes  direct  incremental  transaction  costs  related  to  the  acquisition  or  issue  of  the  financial 
instrument. The calculation does not consider future credit losses.    

Page | 71  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

38. Significant accounting policies (continued)    
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
. Interest (continued)    
CCCC. Interest (continued)
. Interest (continued)
. Interest (continued)

Effective interest rate (continued) 
Once a financial asset or a group of similar financial assets has been written down as a result of impairment, subsequent interest 
income  continues to  be  recognised using  the original effective  interest  rate applied  to  the  reduced carrying  value of  the  financial 
instrument. 

DDDD. Fee and commission income
. Fee and commission income    
. Fee and commission income
. Fee and commission income
The Group generates fee and commission income through provision of independent financial advice, insurance brokerage agency, 
introducer of foreign exchange services and commissions from brokering business finance for small and medium sized enterprises.  

Independent financial advice
e agency    
insurance brokerage agency
Independent financial advice    andandandand    insurance brokerag
e agency
e agency
insurance brokerag
insurance brokerag
Independent financial advice
Independent financial advice
Income represents commission arising on services and premiums relating to policies and other investment products committed during 
the year, as well as renewal commissions having arisen on services and premiums relating to policies and other investment products 
committed during the year and previous years and effective at the balance sheet date. Income is recognised on the date that policies 
are submitted to product providers with an appropriate discount being applied for policies not completed. As a way to estimate what 
is  due  at  the  year  end,  a  “not  proceeded  with”  rate  of  10.0%  for  pipeline  life  insurance  products  and  0.0%  for  non-life insurance 
pipeline is assumed. Renewal commissions are estimated by taking the historical amount written pro-rata to 3 months.  

ther    
OOOOther
ther
ther
Income other than that directly related to the loans is recognised over the period for which service has been provided or on completion 
of an act to which the fee relates.  

. Leases    
EEEE. Leases
. Leases
. Leases
Leases in which the Group is a lessor
Leases in which the Group is a lessor    
Leases in which the Group is a lessor
Leases in which the Group is a lessor
Finance leases and HP contracts
Finance leases and HP contracts    
Finance leases and HP contracts
Finance leases and HP contracts
When assets are subject to a finance lease or HP contract, the present fair value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. 
The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. HP 
and lease income is recognised over the term of the contract or lease reflecting a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment 
in the contract or lease. Initial direct costs, which may include commissions and legal fees directly attributable to negotiating and 
arranging the contract or lease, are included in the measurement of the net investment of the contract or lease at inception. 

Operating leases
Operating leases    
Operating leases
Operating leases
Assets held for operating leases are presented on the Statement of Financial Position according to the nature of the asset. Lease 
income is recognised over the lease term on a straight-line basis. 

Leases in which the Group is a lessee
Leases in which the Group is a lessee    
Leases in which the Group is a lessee
Leases in which the Group is a lessee
Operating leases    
Operating leases
Operating leases
Operating leases
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating 
leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement 
on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.  

. Income tax    
FFFF. Income tax
. Income tax
. Income tax
Current and def
erred taxation    
Current and deferred taxation
erred taxation
erred taxation
Current and def
Current and def
Current taxation relates to the estimated corporation tax payable in the current financial year.  Deferred taxation is provided in full, 
using the liability method, on timing differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in 
the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Deferred  taxation  is  determined  using  tax  rates  (and  laws)  that  have  been  enacted  or 
substantially enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax is realised. Deferred taxation 
assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences 
can be utilised.  

GGGG. Financial 
financial liabilities    
assets and    financial liabilities
. Financial assets and
financial liabilities
financial liabilities
assets and
assets and
. Financial 
. Financial 
initial measurement    
i. Recognition and initial measurement
i. Recognition and 
initial measurement
initial measurement
i. Recognition and 
i. Recognition and 
The Group initially recognises loans and advances, deposits, debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities on the date on which 
they are originated. All other financial instruments including regular-way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on 
the trade date, which is the date on which the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. 

A financial asset or financial liability is measured initially at fair value plus, for an item not at FVTPL, transaction costs that are directly 
attributable to its acquisition or issue. 

Page | 72  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

38. Significant accounting policies (continued)    
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
financial liabilities (continued)    
assets and    financial liabilities (continued)
. Financial assets and
GGGG. Financial 
financial liabilities (continued)
financial liabilities (continued)
assets and
assets and
. Financial 
. Financial 

ii. Classification
ii. Classification    
ii. Classification
ii. Classification
Financial assets
Financial assets    
Financial assets
Financial assets
On initial recognition, a financial asset is classified as measured at amortised cost, FVOCI or FVTPL. 

 
 

 

 

A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as at FVTPL: 

the asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and 
the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are SPPI. 

A debt instrument is measured at FVOCI only if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as FVTPL: 

the asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling 
financial assets; and 
the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal 
and interest (“SPPI”). 

On  initial  recognition  of  an  equity  investment  that  is  not  held  for  trading,  the  Group  may  irrevocably  elect  to  present  subsequent 
changes in fair value in OCI. This election is made on an investment-by-investment basis. 

All other financial assets are classified as measured at FVTPL. 

In addition, on initial recognition, the Group may irrevocably designate a financial asset that otherwise meets the requirements to be 
measured at amortised cost or at FVOCI as at FVTPL if doing so eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch that 
would otherwise arise. 

Business model assessment
Business model assessment    
Business model assessment
Business model assessment
The Group makes an assessment of the objective of a business model in which an asset is held at a portfolio level because this best 
reflects the way the business is managed and information provided to management. 

Assessment of whether contractual cash flows ar
e solely payments of principal and interest    
Assessment of whether contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest
e solely payments of principal and interest
e solely payments of principal and interest
Assessment of whether contractual cash flows ar
Assessment of whether contractual cash flows ar
For the purposes of this assessment, ‘principal’ is defined as the fair value of the financial asset on initial recognition. ‘Interest’ is 
defined as consideration for the time value of money and for the credit risk associated with the principal amount outstanding during a 
particular period of time and for other basic lending risks and costs (e.g. liquidity risk and administrative costs), as well as profit margin. 
In assessing whether the contractual cash flows are SPPI, the Group considers the contractual terms of the instrument. This includes 
assessing whether the financial asset contains a contractual term that could change the timing or amount of contractual cash flows 
such that it would not meet this condition. 

Reclassifications
Reclassifications    
Reclassifications
Reclassifications
Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition, except in the period after the Group changes its business 
model for managing financial assets. 

Financial liabilities 
Financial liabilities     
Financial liabilities 
Financial liabilities 
The Group classifies its financial liabilities, other than financial guarantees and loan commitments, as measured at amortised cost. 

iii. Derecognition
iii. Derecognition    
iii. Derecognition
iii. Derecognition
Financial assets
Financial assets    
Financial assets
Financial assets
The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or when it 
transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership 
of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of 
ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset. 

On derecognition of a financial asset, the difference between the carrying amount of the asset (or the carrying amount allocated to 
the portion of the asset derecognised) and the sum of (i) the consideration received (including any new asset obtained less any new 
liability assumed) and (ii) any cumulative gain or loss that had been recognised in OCI is recognised in profit or loss. 

Page | 73  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

38. Significant accounting policies (continued)    
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
GGGG. Financial 
financial liabilities (continued)    
assets and    financial liabilities (continued)
. Financial assets and
financial liabilities (continued)
financial liabilities (continued)
assets and
assets and
. Financial 
. Financial 
iii. Derecognition (continued)    
iii. Derecognition (continued)
iii. Derecognition (continued)
iii. Derecognition (continued)

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities    
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities
The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire. 

iv. Modifications
of financial assets and financial liabilities    
iv. Modifications    of financial assets and financial liabilities
of financial assets and financial liabilities
of financial assets and financial liabilities
iv. Modifications
iv. Modifications
Financial assets 
Financial assets     
Financial assets 
Financial assets 
If the terms of a financial asset are modified, then the Group evaluates whether the cash flows of the modified asset are substantially 
different.  

If the cash flows are substantially different, the contractual rights to cash flows from the original financial asset are deemed to have 
expired. In this case, the original financial asset is derecognised and a new financial asset is recognised at fair value plus any eligible 
transaction costs. 

If the cash flows are modified when the borrower is in financial difficulties, then the objective of the modification is usually to maximise 
recovery of the original contractual terms rather than to originate a new asset with substantially different terms. If the Group plans to 
modify a financial asset in a way that would result in forgiveness of cash flows, then it first considers whether a portion of the asset 
should be written off before the modification takes place. This approach impacts the result of the quantitative evaluation and means 
that the derecognition criteria are not usually met in such cases. 

If the modification of a financial asset measured at amortised cost or FVOCI does not result in derecognition of the financial asset, 
then the Group first recalculates the gross carrying amount of the financial asset using the original effective interest rate of the asset 
and recognises the resulting adjustment as a modification gain or loss in profit or loss. Any costs or fees incurred and fees received 
as part of the modification adjust the gross carrying amount of the modified financial asset and are amortised over the remaining term 
of the modified financial asset. If such modification is carried out because of financial difficulties of the borrower, then the gain or loss 
is presented together with impairment losses. In other cases, it is presented as interest income calculated using the effective interest 
rate method. 

Financial liabilities    
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities
The Group derecognises a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially 
different. In this case, a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognised at fair value. The difference between the 
carrying  amount  of  the  financial  liability  derecognised  and  consideration  paid  is  recognised  in  profit  or  loss.  Consideration  paid 
includes non-financial assets transferred, if any, and the assumption of liabilities, including the new modified financial liability. 

If the modification of a financial liability is not accounted for as derecognition, then the amortised cost of the liability is recalculated by 
discounting the modified cash flows at the original effective interest rate and the resulting gain or losses recognised in profit or loss. 
Any costs and fee incurred are recognised as an adjustment of the carrying amount of the liability and amortised over the remaining 
term of the modified financial liability by re-computing the effective interest rate on the instrument. 

v. Offsetting
v. Offsetting    
v. Offsetting
v. Offsetting
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only 
when, the Group currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts and it intends either to settle them on a net basis or 
to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 

Income and expenses are presented on a net basis only when permitted under IFRS, or for gains and losses arising from a group of 
similar transactions such as in the Group’s trading activity. 

vi. Fair value measurement    
vi. Fair value measurement
vi. Fair value measurement
vi. Fair value measurement
‘Fair value’ is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date in the principal or, in its absence, the most advantageous market to which the Group has access 
at the date. The fair value of a liability reflects its non-performance risk. 

The  Group  recognises  transfers  between  levels  of  the  fair value  hierarchy as of  the  end of  the  reporting period  during which  the 
change has occurred. 

The Group measures fair values using the following fair value hierarchy, which reflects the significance of the inputs used in making 
the measurements:  

  Level 1: inputs that are quoted market prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical instruments; 

Page | 74  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

38. Significant accounting policies (continued)    
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
financial liabilities (continued)    
assets and    financial liabilities (continued)
ial assets and
. Financial 
GGGG. Financ
financial liabilities (continued)
financial liabilities (continued)
assets and
assets and
ial 
ial 
. Financ
. Financ

vi. Fair value measurement (continued)
vi. Fair value measurement (continued) 
vi. Fair value measurement (continued)
vi. Fair value measurement (continued)
  Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. 
derived  from  prices).  This  category  includes  instruments  valued  using:  quoted  market  prices  in  active  markets  for  similar 
instruments; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are considered less than active; or other valuation 
techniques in which all significant inputs are directly or indirectly observable from market data; and 

  Level 3: inputs that are unobservable. This category includes all instruments for which the valuation technique includes inputs not 
based  on  observable  data  and  the  unobservable  inputs  have  a  significant  effect  on  the  instrument’s  valuation.  This  category 
includes instruments that are valued based on quoted prices for similar instruments for which significant unobservable adjustments 
or assumptions are required to reflect differences between the instruments. 

The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities that are traded in active markets are based on quoted market prices or dealer 
price quotations. For all other financial instruments, the Group determines fair values using other valuation techniques. 

For financial instruments that trade infrequently and have little price transparency, fair value is less objective, and requires varying 
degrees  of  judgement  depending  on  liquidity,  concentration,  uncertainty  of  market  factors,  pricing  assumptions  and  other  risks 
affecting the specific instrument.  

vii. Impairment    
vii. Impairment
vii. Impairment
vii. Impairment
A financial instrument that is not credit-impaired on initial recognition is classified in ‘Stage 1’ and has its credit risk continuously monitored by 
the Group.   

If a significant increase in credit risk (“SICR”) since initial recognition is identified, the financial instrument is moved to ‘Stage 2’ but is not yet 
deemed to be credit-impaired.  

  An SICR is always deemed to occur when the borrower is 30 days past due on its contractual payments.  If the Group becomes 
aware ahead of this time of non-compliance or financial difficulties of the borrower, such as loss of employment, avoiding contact 
with the Group then an SICR has also deemed to occur; and  

  A  receivable  is  always  deemed  to  be  in default and credit-impaired  when the  borrower  is  90 days  past  due  on  its  contractual 
payments or earlier if the Group becomes aware of severe financial difficulties such as bankruptcy, IVA, abscond or disappearance, 
fraudulent activity and other similar events.  

If the financial instrument is credit-impaired, the financial instrument is then moved to ‘Stage 3’. Financial instruments in Stage 3 have their 
Expected Credit Loss (“ECL”) measured based on expected credit losses on an undiscounted lifetime basis. 

The Group measures loss allowances at an amount equal to lifetime ECL, except for debt investment securities that are determined to have 
low credit risk at the reporting date for which they are measured as a 12-month ECL. Loss allowances for lease receivables are always 
measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECL. 

12-month ECL are the portion of ECL that result from default events on a financial instrument that are possible within the 12 months after the 
reporting date. Financial instruments for which a 12-month ECL is recognised are referred to as ‘Stage 1 financial instruments’. 

Life-time ECL are the ECL that result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. Financial instruments for 
which a lifetime ECL is recognised but which are not credit-impaired are referred to as ‘Stage 2 financial instruments’. 

Measurement of ECL
Measurement of ECL    
Measurement of ECL
Measurement of ECL
After a detailed review, the Group devised and implemented an impairment methodology in light of the IFRS 9 requirements outlined 
above noting the following: 

  The ECL was derived by reviewing the Group’s loss rate and loss given default over the past 8 years by product and geographical 

segment; 

  The Group has assumed that the future economic conditions will broadly mirror the current environment and therefore the forecasted 

loss levels in the next 3 years will match the Group’s experience in recent years; 

  For portfolios where the Group has never had a default in its history or has robust credit enhancements such as credit insurance or 
default indemnities for the entire portfolio, then no IFRS 9 provision is made.  At 2019 year-end, 37.9% had such credit enhancements 
(2018: 41.7%); and 
If  the  Group  holds  objective  evidence  through  specifically  assessing  a  credit-impaired  receivable  and  believes  it  will  go  on  to 
completely recover the debt due to the collateral held and cooperation with the borrower, then no IFRS 9 provision is made. 

 

Page | 75  

 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

(continued)    
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significant accounting policies 
(continued)
(continued)
38. Significant accounting policies 
38. Significant accounting policies 
GGGG. Financial 
financial liabilities (continued)    
assets and    financial liabilities (continued)
. Financial assets and
financial liabilities (continued)
financial liabilities (continued)
assets and
assets and
. Financial 
. Financial 
vii. Impairment (continued)    
vii. Impairment (continued)
vii. Impairment (continued)
vii. Impairment (continued)

Measurement of ECL (continued)
Measurement of ECL (continued) 
Measurement of ECL (continued)
Measurement of ECL (continued)
ECL are probability-weighted estimates of credit losses. They are measured as follows: 

 

 

financial assets that are not credit-impaired at the reporting date: as the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e. the difference between 
the cash flows due to the entity in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive); 
financial assets that are credit-impaired at the reporting date: as the difference between the gross carrying amount and the present 
value of estimated future cash flows; and 

  undrawn loan commitments: as the present value of the difference between the contractual cash flows that are due to the Group if 

the commitment is drawn down and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive. 

Credit
impaired financial assets    
Credit----impaired financial assets
impaired financial assets
impaired financial assets
Credit
Credit
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost and debt financial assets carried at 
FVOCI,  and  finance  lease  receivables  are  credit-impaired  (referred  to  as  ‘Stage  3  financial  assets’).  A  financial  asset  is  ‘credit-
impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have 
occurred. 

Evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired includes the following observable date: 

  significant financial difficulty of the borrower or issuer; 
  a breach of contract such as a default or past due event; 
 
 
 

the restructuring of a loan or advance by the Group on terms that the Group would not consider otherwise; 
it is becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation; or 
the disappearance of an active market for a security because of financial difficulties. 

A loan that has been renegotiated due to a deterioration in the borrower’s condition is usually considered to be credit-impaired unless 
there is evidence that the risk of not receiving contractual cash flows has reduced significantly and there are no other indicators of 
impairment.  In  addition,  a  retail  loan  that  is overdue  for  90 days  or  more  is considered  credit-impaired even  when  the  regulatory 
definition of default is different. 

In making an assessment of whether an investment in sovereign debt is credit impaired, the Group considers the following factors: 

 
 
 
 

the market’s assessment of creditworthiness as reflected in the bond yields; 
the rating agencies’ assessments of creditworthiness; 
the country’s ability to access the capital markets for new debt issuance; 
the  probability  of  debt  being  restructured,  resulting  in  holders  suffering  losses  through  voluntary  or  mandatory  debt 
forgiveness; and 

  The international support mechanisms in place to provide the necessary support as ‘lender of last resort’ to that country, as 
well as the intention, reflected in public statements, of governments and agencies to use those mechanisms. This includes 
an assessment of the depth of those mechanisms and, irrespective of the political intent, whether there is the capacity to 
fulfil the required criteria. 

Presentation of allowance for ECL 
in the statement of financial position    
Presentation of allowance for ECL in the statement of financial position
in the statement of financial position
in the statement of financial position
Presentation of allowance for ECL 
Presentation of allowance for ECL 
Loss allowances for ECL are presented in the statement of financial position as follows: 

financial assets measured at amortised cost: as a deduction from the gross carrying amount of the assets; 
loan commitments: generally, as a provision; and 

 
 
  debt instruments measured at FVOCI: no loss allowance is recognised in the statement of financial position because the 
carrying amount of these assets is their fair value. However, the loss allowance is disclosed and is recognised in the fair 
value reserve. 

WriteWriteWriteWrite----offoffoffoff    
Loans and debt securities are written off (either partially or in full) when there is no reasonable expectation of recovering a financial 
asset in its entirety or a portion thereof. This is generally the case when the Group determines that the borrower does not have assets 
or sources of income that could generate sufficient cash flows to repay the amounts subject to the write-off. This assessment is carried 
out at the individual asset level. 

Recoveries of amounts previously written off are included in ‘impairment losses on financial instruments’ in the statement of profit or 
loss and OCI. 

Financial assets that are written off could still be subject to enforcement activities in order to comply with the Group’s procedures for 
recovery of amounts due. 

Page | 76  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

38. Significant accounting policies (continued)    
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)

HHHH. Cash and cash equivalents
. Cash and cash equivalents    
. Cash and cash equivalents
. Cash and cash equivalents
For  the purpose  of  the  statement of cash  flows,  cash  and cash  equivalents  comprise  cash  and  deposit balances  with  an  original 
maturity date of three months or less.  

IIII. Loans and advances
. Loans and advances    
. Loans and advances
. Loans and advances
Loans and advances’ captions in the statement of financial position include: 

 

 

loans and advances measured at amortised cost (see 38 (I)). They are initially measured at fair value plus incremental direct 
transaction costs, and subsequently at their amortised cost using the effective interest method; and 
finance lease receivables (see 38 (G)). 

JJJJ. Property, plant and equipment 
. Property, plant and equipment     
. Property, plant and equipment 
. Property, plant and equipment 
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation (see below). Historical cost includes 
expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.  

The assets’ residual values and useful economic lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting date. An asset’s 
carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated 
recoverable amount.  

When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, those components are accounted for as separate 
items of property, plant and equipment.  

Depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation and amortisation    
Depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation and amortisation
Assets are depreciated or amortised on a straight-line basis, so as to write off the book value over their estimated useful lives.  The 
useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangibles are as follows: 

Property, plant and equipment 
Leasehold improvements 
IT equipment 
Motor vehicles 
Furniture and equipment 

to expiration of the lease 
4-5 years 
2.5 years 
4 -10 years 

KKKK. Intangible assets and goodwill
. Intangible assets and goodwill    
. Intangible assets and goodwill
. Intangible assets and goodwill
i. Goodwill     
i. Goodwill 
i. Goodwill 
i. Goodwill 
Goodwill that arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. 

ii. Software
ii. Software    
ii. Software
ii. Software
Software acquired by the Group is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.  

Expenditure on internally developed software is recognised as an asset when the Group is able to demonstrate: that the product is 
technically feasible, its intention and ability to complete the development and use the software in a manner that will generate future 
economic  benefits,  and  that  it  can  reliably  measure  the  costs  to  complete  the  development.  The  capitalised  costs  of  internally 
developed  software  include  all  costs  directly  attributable  to  developing  the  software  and  capitalised  borrowing  costs,  and  are 
amortised  over  its  useful  life.  Internally  developed  software  is  stated  at  capitalised  cost  less  accumulated  amortisation  and  any 
accumulated impairment losses. 

Software is amortised on a straight-line basis in profit or loss over its estimated useful life, from the date on which it is available for 
use.  Amortisation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate. 

iii. Other
iii. Other    
iii. Other
iii. Other
Intangible assets that are acquired by an entity and having finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
any accumulated impairment losses.  

Intangible  assets  acquired  as part  of  a business combination,  with an  indefinite  useful  live  are  measured at  fair  value. Intangible 
assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised but instead are subject to impairment testing at least annually.  

Page | 77  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

Significant accounting policies (continued)    
38.38.38.38.    Significant accounting policies (continued)
Significant accounting policies (continued)
Significant accounting policies (continued)
. Intangible assets and goodwill (continued)    
KKKK. Intangible assets and goodwill (continued)
. Intangible assets and goodwill (continued)
. Intangible assets and goodwill (continued)

iii. Other (continued)
iii. Other (continued)    
iii. Other (continued)
iii. Other (continued)
The useful lives of intangibles are as follows:  

Customer contracts and lists 
Business intellectual property rights 
Website development costs 
Software 

to expiration of the agreement 
4 years - indefinite 
indefinite 
5 years 

LLLL. Impairment of non
financial assets    
. Impairment of non----financial assets
financial assets
financial assets
. Impairment of non
. Impairment of non
At  each  reporting  date,  the  Group  reviews  the  carrying  amounts  of  its  non-financial  assets  (other  than  deferred  tax  assets)  to 
determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. 
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment. 

For impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing 
use  that  is  largely  independent  of  the  cash  inflows  of  other  assets  or  Cash  Generating  Units  (“CGUs”).  Goodwill  arising  from  a 
business combination is allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. 

The ‘recoverable amount’ of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less cost to sell. ‘Value in use’ is based 
on  the  estimated  future  cash  flows,  discounted  to  their  present  value  using  a  pre-tax  discount  rate  that  reflects  current  market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU. 

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. 

The Group’s corporate assets do not generate separate cash inflows and are used by more than one CGU. Corporate assets are 
allocated to CGUs on a reasonable and consistent basis and tested for impairment as part of the testing of the CGUs to which the 
corporate assets are located. 

Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. They are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to 
the CGU, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the CGU on a pro rata basis. 

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. For other assets, an impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the 
asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, 
if no impairment loss had been recognised. 

MMMM. Deposits, debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities
. Deposits, debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities    
. Deposits, debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities
. Deposits, debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities
Deposits, debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities are the Group’s sources of debt funding. 

The  Group  classifies  capital  instruments  as  financial  liabilities  or  equity  instruments  in  accordance  with  the  substance  of  the 
contractual terms of the instruments.  

Deposits, debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities are initially measured at fair value minus incremental direct transaction 
costs, and subsequently measured at their amortised cost using the effective interest method. 

Page | 78  

 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

nt accounting policies (continued)    
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significa
nt accounting policies (continued)
nt accounting policies (continued)
38. Significa
38. Significa
NNNN. Employee benefits
. Employee benefits    
. Employee benefits
. Employee benefits
i. Long term employee benefits    
i. Long term employee benefits
i. Long term employee benefits
i. Long term employee benefits

Pension obligations
Pension obligations    
Pension obligations
Pension obligations
The Group has pension obligations arising from both defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans.  

A defined contribution pension plan is one under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate fund and has no legal or 
constructive  obligations  to  pay  further  contributions.  Defined  benefit  pension  plans  define  an  amount  of  pension  benefit  that  an 
employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and remuneration.  

Under the defined benefit pension plan, in accordance with IAS 19 Employee benefits, the full service cost for the period, adjusted for 
any changes to the plan, is charged to the income statement. A charge equal to the expected increase in the present value of the 
plan liabilities, as a result of the plan liabilities being one year closer to settlement, and a credit reflecting the long-term expected 
return on assets based on the market value of the scheme assets at the beginning of the period, is included in the income statement. 

The statement of financial position records as an asset or liability as appropriate, the difference between the market value of the plan 
assets and the present value of the accrued plan liabilities. The difference between the expected return on assets and that achieved 
in the period, is recognised in the income statement in the year in which they arise. The defined benefit pension plan obligation is 
calculated by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method and a discount rate based on the yield on high quality 
rated corporate bonds.   

The Group’s defined contribution pension obligations arise from contributions paid to a Group personal pension plan, an ex gratia 
pension plan, employee personal pension plans and employee co-operative insurance plans. For these pension plans, the amounts 
charged to the income statement represent the contributions payable during the year.  

ii. Share
based compensation    
ii. Share----based compensation
based compensation
based compensation
ii. Share
ii. Share
The Group maintains a share option programme which allows certain Group employees to acquire shares of the Group. The change 
in the fair value of options granted is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding change in equity. The fair value of 
the options is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the 
options.  

At each reporting date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of options that are expected to vest and recognises the impact 
of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.  

The  fair  value  is estimated  using  a  proprietary  binomial  probability  model. The  proceeds received,  net  of  any  directly  attributable 
transaction costs, are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the options are exercised.  

. Share capital and reserves    
OOOO. Share capital and reserves
. Share capital and reserves
. Share capital and reserves

Share issue costs
Share issue costs    
Share issue costs
Share issue costs
Incremental costs that are directly attributable to the issue of an equity instrument are deducted from the initial measurement of the 
equity instruments. 

(“EPS”)    
. Earnings per share    (“EPS”)
PPPP. Earnings per share
(“EPS”)
(“EPS”)
. Earnings per share
. Earnings per share
The Group presents basic and diluted EPS data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss that is 
attributable  to  ordinary  shareholders  of  MFG  by  the  weighted-average  number  of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  during  the  period. 
Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting profit or loss that is attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted-average number 
of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  for  the  effects  of  all  dilutive  potential  ordinary  shares,  which  comprise  share  options  granted 
employees. 

QQQQ. Segmental reporting
. Segmental reporting    
. Segmental reporting
. Segmental reporting
A segment is a distinguishable component of the Group that is engaged either in providing products or services (business segment), 
or in providing products or services within a particular economic environment (geographical segment), which is subject to risks and 
rewards that are different from those of other segments. The Group’s primary format for segmental reporting is based on business 
segments. 

Page | 79  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019    

tinued)    
38. Significant accounting policies (continued)
38. Significant accounting policies (con
tinued)
tinued)
38. Significant accounting policies (con
38. Significant accounting policies (con

QQQQ. Segmental reporting (continued)
. Segmental reporting (continued)    
. Segmental reporting (continued)
. Segmental reporting (continued)
An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur 
expenses, including revenues and expenses relating to transactions with any of the Group’s other components, whose operating 
results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) to make decisions about resources to be 
allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available. 

Segment results reported to the Group’s CEO (being the CODM) include items that are directly attributable to a segment as well as 
those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. 

39. Standards issued but not yet 
effective    
39. Standards issued but not yet effective
effective
effective
39. Standards issued but not yet 
39. Standards issued but not yet 
A  number  of  new  standards  are  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  after  1  January  2020  and  earlier  application  is  permitted; 
however, the Group has not early adopted the new or amended standards in preparing these consolidated financial statements. 

Standards    
Standards
Standards
Standards

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7: Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (issued on 26 September 
2019) 
Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8: Definition of Material (issued on 31 October 2018) 

Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards (issued on 29 March 2018) 

Effective date  
Effective date
Effective date
Effective date
(accounting periods 
commencing on or 
after) 

1 January 2020 

1 January 2020 

1 January 2020 

Page | 80  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

SHAREHOLDER NOTES 

Page | 81  

 
 
 
Clarendon House 
Victoria Street 
Douglas 
Isle of Man 
IM1 2LN 

Tel: (01624) 694694 
Fax: (01624) 624278 

www.mfg.im    
www.mfg.im
www.mfg.im
www.mfg.im